Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

army+form

  • 1 Army form

    Military: AF

    Универсальный русско-английский словарь > Army form

  • 2 form|ować

    impf Ⅰ vt 1. (nadawać kształt) to shape
    - formować kulki z gliny to shape clay into balls
    - formować grządki to form flower beds
    - formować drut w kształcie haczyka to shape wire into a hook ⇒ uformować
    2. (kształtować) to form [osobę, charakter, upodobania]
    - jednostka jest formowana przez kulturę an individual is formed by culture a. the cultural environment ⇒ uformować
    3. (organizować) to form [rząd, armię, system]
    - formować nowy system ubezpieczeń społecznych to form a new social security system
    - formowanie polskich sił zbrojnych the forming of the Polish army ⇒ sformować
    4. (ustawiać się) to form [pochód, szereg, kolumnę]
    - formować krąg z czegoś to form sth into a circle ⇒ sformować, uformować
    Ⅱ formować się 1. (powstawać) [chmury, stalaktyty] to form
    - etapy formowania się krateru the stages of crater formation ⇒ uformować się
    2. (kształtować się) [osoba, osobowość, upodobania] to be formed ⇒ uformować się 3. (organizować się) [rząd, organizacja, system] to be formed ⇒ sformować się 4. (ustawiać się) [procesja, demonstracja] to form up
    - formować się w szereg/pochód/krąg to form a row/procession/circle ⇒ sformować się, uformować się

    The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > form|ować

  • 3 бланк установленной в СВ формы

    Military: Army form blank

    Универсальный русско-английский словарь > бланк установленной в СВ формы

  • 4 туалетная бумага

    2) Engineering: sanitary paper, tissue
    3) Australian slang: dunny paper
    5) Advertising: toilet tissue
    7) Makarov: lavatory paper
    8) Taboo: Army Form blank, ammunition, arsewipe, ass-wipe, bathroom stationery, bimph (см. bumf), bum fodder, bum wad, bumf (сокр. bum fodder q.v.), bummatory, bumph, burly, curl paper, film for your brownie, fly paper, fodder, sandpaper, stocks and bonds (pl), teepee, topos bumf (см. bumf), wipe, shitrag
    9) Mountain climbing: pipifax

    Универсальный русско-английский словарь > туалетная бумага

  • 5 форма документа СВ

    Military: Army form

    Универсальный русско-английский словарь > форма документа СВ

  • 6 форма документа установленная для СВ

    Military: Army form

    Универсальный русско-английский словарь > форма документа установленная для СВ

  • 7 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 8 बलम् _balam

    बलम् [बल्-अच्]
    1 Strength, power, might, vigour; क्षत्त्रियाणां बलं युद्धम् Brav. P.
    -2 Force, violence; as in बलात् q. v.
    -3 An army, host, forces, troops; भवेदभीष्म- मद्रोणं धृतराष्ट्रबलं कथम् Ve.3.24,43; बलं भीष्मा(भीमा)भिरक्षितम् Bg.1.1; R.16.37.
    -4 Bulkiness, stoutness (of the body).
    -5 Body, figure, shape.
    -6 Semen virile.
    -7 Blood,
    -8 Gum myrrh.
    -9 A shoot, sprout.
    -1 Force or power of articulation; वर्णः स्वरः । मात्रा बलम् । साम संतानः । इत्युक्तः शीक्षाध्यायः T. Up.1.2.1.
    -11 The deity of power (such as Indra); नमो बलप्रमथनाय Mb.12.284. 94.
    -12 The hand; क्रान्ते विष्णुर्बले शक्रः कोष्ठे$ग्निर्भोक्तुमिच्छति Mb.12.239.8.
    -13 Effort (यत्न); विधिः शुक्रं बलं चेति त्रय एते गुणाः परे Mb.12.32.11 (com. बलं वासनाविषयप्राप्त्यनु- कूलो यत्नः). (बलेन means 'on the strength of', 'by means or virtue of'; बाहुबलेन जितः, वीर्यबलेन &c.; बलात् 'perforce', 'forcibly', 'violently', 'against one's will'; बलान्निद्रा समायाता Pt.1; हृदयमदये तस्मिन्नेवं पुनर्वलते बलात् Gīt.7.).
    -लः 1 A crow; Rām.6.54.9.
    -2 N. of the elder brother of Kṛiṣṇa; see बलराम below.
    -3 N. of a demon killed by Indra.
    -Comp. -अग्रम् excessive strength or force. (
    -ग्रः) the head of an army.
    -अङ्गकः the spring; 'वसन्त इष्यः सुरभिः पुष्पकालो बलाङ्गकः' H. Ch.156.
    -अञ्चिता the lute of Balarāma.
    -अटः a kind of beam.
    -अधिक a. surpassing in strength, of superior strength or force.
    -अधिकरणम् the affairs of an army;
    -अध्यक्षः 1 a general or commander of an army; सेनापतिबलाध्यक्षौ सर्वदिक्षु निवेशयेत् Ms.7.189.
    -2 a war-minister.
    -3 An officer in charge of infantry.
    -अनुजः an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa.
    -अन्वित a.
    1 endowed with strength, mighty, powerful.
    -2 leading an army.
    -अबलम् 1 comparative strength and want of strength, relative strength and weakness; परात्मनोः परिच्छिद्य शक्त्या- दीनां बलाबलम् R.17.59.
    -2 relative significance and insignificance, comparative importance and unimport- ance; समय एव करोति बलाबलम् Śi.6.44. ˚अधिकरणम् a kind of न्यायभेद according to Jaimini.
    -अभ्रः an army in the form of a cloud.
    -अरातिः an epithet of Indra.
    -अर्थिन् a. desirous of power; राज्ञो बलार्थिनः षष्ठे (वर्षे उपनयनं कार्यम्) Ms.2.37.
    -अवलेपः pride of strength.
    -अशः, -असः 1 consumption.
    -2 the phlegmatic humour (कफ).
    -3 a swelling in the throat (which stops the passages of food).
    -आढ्यः a bean.
    -आत्मिका a kind of sun-flower (हस्तिशुण्डी).
    -आलयः a military camp; पूज्यमानो हरिगणैराजगाम बलालयम् Rām.6.112.8.
    -आहः water.
    -उत्कट a. of mighty strength; न वध्यते ह्यविश्वस्तो दुर्बलो$पि बलोत्कटैः Pt.2.44;3.115.
    -उपपन्न, -उपेत a. endowed with strength, strong, powerful; एतां रामबलोपेतां रक्षां यः सुकृती पठेत् Rāmarakṣā.1.
    -उपादानम् Recruitment of the army; Kau. A.
    -ओघः a multitude of troops, numerous army; लक्ष्मीं दधत् प्रति- गिरेरलघुर्बलौघः Śi.5.2.
    -कर, -कृत् a. strengthening.
    -कृत done by force or against free consent; सर्वान् बलकृता- नर्थानकृतान् मनुरब्रवीत् Ms.8.168.
    -क्षोभः disturbance in the army, mutiny, revolt.
    -चक्रम् 1 dominion, sove- reignty.
    -2 an army, a host.
    -ज a. produced by power.
    (-जम्) 1 a city-gate, gate.
    -2 a field.
    -3 grain, a heap of grain; त्वं समीरण इव प्रतीक्षितः कर्षकेण बलजान् पुपूषता Śi.14.7.
    -4 war, battle
    -5 marrow, pith.
    -6 a pretty figure.
    (-जा) 1 the earth.
    -2 a handsome woman.
    -3 a kind of jasmine (Arabian).
    -4 a rope.
    -तापनः an epithet of Indra; अफिषिषेच मरन्दरसामृतैर्नवलताबलता- पनरत्नभम् (अलिनम्) Rām. Ch.4.12.
    -दः an ox, a bullock
    -दर्पः pride of strength.
    -देवः 1 air, wind.
    -2 N. of the elder brother of Kṛiṣṇa; see बलराम below.
    -बलदेवा (वी) f. N. of a medicinal herb which is also called त्रायमाण. It grows in the forests on the slopes of the Himālayas and in Persia.
    -द्विष् m.,
    -निषूदनः epithets of Indra; बलनिषूदनमर्थपतिं च तम् R.9.3.
    -निग्रह a. weakening, enervating.
    -पतिः 1 a general, commander.
    -2 an epithet of Indra.
    -पुच्छकः a crow; Nigh. Ratn.
    -पृष्ठकः a kind of deer (Mar. रोहें).
    -प्रद a. giving strength, invigorating.
    -प्रमथनी N. of a form of Durgā.
    -प्रसूः N. of Rohinī, mother of Balarāma.
    -भद्र a. strong, powerful.
    (-द्रः) 1 a strong or powerful man.
    -2 a kind of ox.
    -3 N. of Balarāma, q. v. below.
    -4 the tree called लोध्र.
    -5 N. of Ananta. (
    -द्रा) a maiden.
    -भिद् m. an epithet of Indra; Ś.2.
    -भृत् a. strong, powerful.
    -मुख्यः the chief of an army.
    -रामः 'the strong Rāma', N. of the elder brother of Kṛiṣṇa. [He was the seventh son of Vasudava and Devakī; but transferred to the womb of Rohiṇī to save him from falling a prey to the cruelty of Kaṁsa. He and his brother Kṛiṣṇa were brought up by Nanda in Gokula. When quite young, he killed the powerful demons Dhenuka and Pralamba, and performed, like his brother, many feats of surprising strength. On one occasion Balarāma under the influence of wine, of which he was very fond, called upon the Yamunā river to come to him that he might bathe; and on his command being unheeded, he plunged his plough-share into the river and dragged the waters after him, until the river assumed a human form and asked his for- givenss. On another occasion he dragged towards himself the whole city of Hastināpura along with its walls. As Kṛiṣṇa was a friend and admirer of the Pāṇḍavas, so Balarāma was of the Kauravas, as was seen in his desire of giving his sister Subhadrā to Duryodhana rather than to Arjuna; yet he declined to take any part in the great Bhāratī war either with the Pāṇḍa- vas or the Kauravas. He is represented as dressed in blue clothes, and armed with a ploughshare which was his most effective weapon. His wife was Revatī. He is sometimes regarded as an incarnation of the serpent Śeṣa and sometimes as the eighth incarnation of Viṣṇu; see the quotation under हल].
    -वर्जित a. infirm, weak.
    -वर्णिन् a. strong and looking well.
    -वर्धन a. invigorating, strengthening. -m. N. of स्थण्डिलाग्नि in उत्सर्जन or उपाकर्म.
    -विन्यासः array or arrangement of troops.
    -व्यसनम् the defeat of an army.
    -व्यापद् f. decrease of strength.
    -शालिन् a. strong; बलशालितया यथा तथा वा धियमुच्छेदपरामयं दधानः Ki.13.12.
    -समुत्थानम् Recruiting a strong army; Kau. A.1.16; तमभियोक्तुं बलसमुत्थानमकरोत् Dk.2.8.
    -सूदनः an epithet of Indra.
    -सेना a strong army, an army, host.
    -स्थ a. strong, powerful. (
    -स्थः) a warrior, soldier.
    -स्थितिः f.
    1 a camp; an encampment.
    -2 a royal camp.
    -हन्, -हन्तृ m.
    1 an epithet of Indra; पाण्डुः स्मरति ते नित्यं बलहन्तुः समीपगः Mb.15.2.17.
    -2 of Balarāma.
    -3 phlegm.
    -हीन a. destitute of strength, weak, feeble.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > बलम् _balam

  • 9 führen

    I v/t
    1. lead (nach, zu to); (geleiten) auch take, escort; zu einem Platz: auch usher; (jemandem den Weg zeigen) lead, guide; (zwangsweise) escort; an oder bei der Hand führen take s.o. by the hand; an der Leine / am Zügel führen walk on the lead / lead by the reins; Besucher in ein Zimmer führen show ( oder lead oder usher) into a room; jemanden durch die Firma / Wohnung führen show s.o. (a)round the firm (Am. company) / the apartment (Brit. auch flat); die Polizei auf jemandes Spur führen fig. put the police on s.o.’s track; was führt dich zu mir? fig. what brings you here?; meine Reise führte mich nach Spanien fig. my trip took me to Spain; Versuchung
    2. (irgendwohin gelangen lassen): jemandem die Hand führen guide s.o.’s hand (auch fig.); zum Mund führen raise to one’s lips; ein Kabel durch ein Rohr führen pass a cable through a pipe; eine Straße um einen Ort führen take a road (a)round a place, bypass a place
    3. (handhaben) handle, wield; sie führt den Ball sicher Basketball etc.: she’s got good ball control
    4. Amtsspr. (Auto, Zug etc.) drive; (Flugzeug etc.) pilot, fly; (Schiff) navigate
    5. bei oder mit sich führen have on one, carry; (Fracht, Ladung etc.) carry; Erz führen bear ( oder contain) ore; Strom führen ETECH. be live; (leiten) conduct current; der Fluss führt Sand ( mit sich) the river carries sand with it; Hochwasser
    6. (anführen) lead, head; (Leitung haben) be in charge of; MIL. auch command; (Geschäft, Haushalt etc.) manage, run; (lenkend beeinflussen) guide; eine Armee in den Kampf / zum Sieg führen lead an army into battle / to victory; in den Ruin führen (Firma etc.) lead to ruin; eine Klasse zum Abitur führen take a class through to the Abitur exam; er führt seine Mitarbeiter mit fester Hand he manages his colleagues with a firm hand; Aufsicht, geführt, Kommando, Vorsitz etc.
    7. (Gespräch, Verhandlung etc.) carry on, have; (Telefongespräch) make; (Prozess) conduct; (Buch, Liste, Protokoll etc.) keep; (Konto) manage; ein geruhsames etc. Leben führen lead ( oder live) a peaceful etc. life; sie führen eine gute Ehe they’re happily married, they have a good (husband-and-wife) relationship; etw. zu Ende führen finish s.th.; Beweis, Krieg, Regie etc.
    8. (Namen) bear, go by ( oder under) the name of; (Nummer, Wappen) have; (Flagge) carry, fly; (Titel) Person: hold; Buch etc.: have; den Titel... führen Buch: auch be entitled...
    9. (Ware) auf Lager: stock; zum Verkauf: auch sell, have; führen Sie Campingartikel? do you have ( oder sell oder stock) camping gear?; auf oder in einer Liste führen list, make a list of; ( auf oder in einer Liste) geführt werden appear on a list, be listed; als vermisst geführt werden be posted as missing
    10. (Reden, Sprache) use; ständig im Munde führen be constantly talking about; (Wendung) be constantly using
    11. fig. Feld, Schild2 1 etc.
    II v/i
    1. lead (nach, zu to); Tal, Tür etc.: auch open (into); unser Weg führte durch einen Wald / über eine Brücke our route led ( oder passed) through a wood / over a bridge
    2. beim Tanzen: lead, steer
    3. SPORT: führen über (+ Akk) (dauern) last; der Kampf führt über zehn Runden the fight is over ten rounds
    4. (führend sein) lead; SPORT auch be in the lead; mit zwei Toren führen be two goals ahead, have a two-goal lead; mit 3:1 führen be 3-1 up; mit 3:1 gegen X führen lead X by 3-1
    5. fig.: durch das Programm / den Abend führt X your guide ( oder presenter) for the program(me) / evening is X; führen zu lead to, end in; (zur Folge haben) result in; das führt zu nichts that won’t get you ( oder us etc.) anywhere; das führt zu keinem Ergebnis that won’t produce a result; das führt zu weit that’s ( oder that would be) going too far; wohin soll das noch führen? where will all this lead ( oder end up)?
    III v/refl conduct o.s.; bes. Schüler: behave (o.s.); sich gut führen behave (well)
    * * *
    (befördern) to carry;
    (herumführen) to guide;
    (leiten) to lead; to shepherd; to conduct;
    (lenken) to drive; to pilot; to steer
    * * *
    füh|ren ['fyːrən]
    1. vt
    1) (= geleiten) to take; (= vorangehen, - fahren) to lead

    eine alte Dame über die Straße fǘhren — to help an old lady over the road

    er führte uns durch das Schloss — he showed us (a)round the castle

    er führte uns durch Italien — he was our guide in Italy

    eine Klasse zum Abitur fǘhren — ≈ to see a class through to A-levels (Brit) or to their high school diploma (US)

    jdn zum (Trau)altar fǘhren — to lead sb to the altar

    2) (= leiten) Geschäft, Betrieb etc to run; Gruppe, Expedition etc to lead, to head; Schiff to captain; Armee etc to command
    3) (= in eine Situation bringen) to get (inf), to lead; (= veranlassen zu kommen/gehen) to bring/take

    der Hinweis führte die Polizei auf die Spur des Diebes — that tip put the police on the trail of the thief

    das führt uns auf das Thema... — that brings or leads us (on)to the subject...

    ein Land ins Chaos fǘhren — to reduce a country to chaos

    4) (= registriert haben) to have a record of

    wir fǘhren keinen Meier in unserer Kartei — we have no( record of a) Meier on our files

    5) (= handhaben) Pinsel, Bogen, Kamera etc to wield

    den Löffel zum Mund/das Glas an die Lippen fǘhren —

    die Hand an die Mütze fǘhren — to touch one's cap

    6) (= entlangführen) Leitung, Draht to carry
    7) (form = steuern) Kraftfahrzeug to drive; Flugzeug to fly, to pilot; Kran, Fahrstuhl to operate; Schiff to sail
    8) (= transportieren) to carry; (= haben) Autokennzeichen, Wappen, Namen to have, to bear; Titel to have; (= selbst gebrauchen) to use

    Geld/seine Papiere bei sich fǘhren (form) — to carry money/one's papers on one's person

    9) (= im Angebot haben) to stock, to carry (spec), to keep

    etw ständig im Munde fǘhren — to be always talking about sth

    2. vi
    1) (= in Führung liegen) to lead; (bei Wettkämpfen) to be in the lead, to lead

    die Mannschaft führt mit 10 Punkten Vorsprung — the team has a lead of 10 points, the team is in the lead or is leading by 10 points

    2) (= verlaufen) (Straße) to go; (Kabel, Pipeline etc) to run; (Spur) to lead

    das Rennen führt über 10 Runden/durch ganz Frankreich — the race takes place over 10 laps/covers France

    die Straße führt nach Kiel/am Rhein entlang — the road goes to Kiel/runs or goes along the Rhine

    die Brücke führt über die Elbe — the bridge crosses or spans the Elbe

    3)

    (= als Ergebnis haben) zu etw fǘhren — to lead to sth, to result in sth

    das führt zu nichts — that will come to nothing

    es führte zu dem Ergebnis, dass er entlassen wurde — it resulted in or led to his being dismissed

    das führt dazu, dass noch mehr Stellen abgebaut werden — it'll lead to or end in further staff reductions or job cuts

    wohin soll das alles nur fǘhren? — where is it all leading (us)?

    3. vr
    form = sich benehmen) to conduct oneself, to deport oneself (form)
    * * *
    1) (to turn or fork: The road bears left here.) bear
    2) (to lead or guide: We were conducted down a narrow path by the guide; He conducted the tour.) conduct
    3) (to lead to: Where does this road go?) go
    4) (to lead, direct or show the way: I don't know how to get to your house - I'll need someone to guide me; Your comments guided me in my final choice.) guide
    5) (to make entries in (a diary, accounts etc): She keeps a diary to remind her of her appointments; He kept the accounts for the club.) keep
    6) (to guide or direct or cause to go in a certain direction: Follow my car and I'll lead you to the motorway; She took the child by the hand and led him across the road; He was leading the horse into the stable; The sound of hammering led us to the garage; You led us to believe that we would be paid!) lead
    7) (to go or carry to a particular place or along a particular course: A small path leads through the woods.) lead
    8) ((with to) to cause or bring about a certain situation or state of affairs: The heavy rain led to serious floods.) lead
    9) (to live (a certain kind of life): She leads a pleasant existence on a Greek island.) lead
    10) (to keep a supply of for sale: Does this shop stock writing-paper?) stock
    11) ((often with around, in, out etc) to guide or lead carefully: He shepherded me through a maze of corridors.) shepherd
    12) (to lead, escort: The waiter ushered him to a table.) usher
    13) (to carry on or engage in (especially a war): The North waged war on/against the South.) wage
    * * *
    füh·ren
    [ˈfy:rən]
    I. vt
    ▪ jdn aus etw dat/in etw akk \führen to lead sb into/out of sth
    jdn in einen Raum \führen to lead [or usher] sb into a room
    ▪ jdn durch/über etw akk \führen to lead sb through/across [or over] sth
    eine alte Dame über die Straße \führen to help an old lady across [or over] the road
    ▪ jdn zu etw/jdm \führen (hinbringen) to take sb to sth/sb; (herbringen) to bring sb to sth/sb; (vorangehen) to lead sb to sth/sb
    was führt Sie zu mir? (geh) what brings you to me? form
    jdn zu seinem Platz \führen to lead [or usher] sb to their seat
    jdn zum Traualtar \führen to lead sb to the altar
    2. (umherführen, den Weg zeigen)
    ▪ jdn \führen to guide sb
    einen Blinden \führen to guide a blind person
    jdn durch ein Museum/ein Schloss/eine Stadt \führen to show sb round a museum/a castle/a town
    er führte uns durch London he was our guide in London
    ▪ jdn \führen to lead sb/sth
    eine Armee \führen to command an army
    eine Expedition/eine Gruppe/eine Mannschaft \führen to lead an expedition/a group/a team
    ▪ etw \führen to run sth
    einen Betrieb/ein Geschäft \führen to run [or manage] a company/a business
    ▪ jdn \führen to lead sb
    er führt seine Angestellten mit fester Hand he leads [or directs] his employees with a firm hand
    sie weiß die Schüler zu \führen she knows how to lead the students
    5. (bringen, lenken)
    ▪ jdn auf etw akk \führen to lead sb to sth
    der Hinweis führte die Polizei auf die Spur des Diebes the tip put the police on the trail of the thief
    das führt uns auf das Thema... that brings [or leads] us on[to] the subject...
    jdn auf Abwege \führen to lead sb astray
    etw zu Ende \führen to complete sth
    6. (laufend ergänzen)
    eine Liste/ein Verzeichnis \führen to keep a list/a register
    jdn/etw auf einer Liste/in einem Verzeichnis \führen to have a record of sb/sth on a list/in a register
    wir \führen keinen Schmidt in unserer Kartei we have no [record of a] Schmidt on our files
    8. (bewegen)
    einen Bogen [über die Saiten] \führen to wield a bow [across the strings]
    die Kamera [an etw akk] \führen to guide the camera [towards sth]; (durch Teleobjektiv) to zoom in [on sth]
    die Kamera ruhig \führen to operate the camera with a steady hand
    etw zum Mund[e] \führen to raise sth to one's mouth
    sie führte ihr Glas zum Mund she raised her glass to her lips
    einen Pinsel [über etw akk] \führen to wield a brush [over sth]
    ▪ etw durch/über etw akk \führen to lay sth through/across [or over] sth
    er führte das Satellitenkabel durch die Wand he laid [or fed] the satellite cable through the wall
    10. (geh: steuern)
    ein Flugzeug \führen to fly a plane
    ein Kraftfahrzeug/einen Zug \führen to drive a motor vehicle/a train
    einen Kran/eine Maschine \führen to operate a crane/a machine
    11. (geh: tragen)
    einen Namen \führen to go by [or form to bear] a name
    verheiratete Frauen \führen oft ihren Mädchennamen weiter married women often retain [or still go by] their maiden name
    welchen Namen wirst du nach der Hochzeit \führen? which name will you use when you're married?
    unser Mann führt den Decknamen ‚Hans‘ our man goes by the alias of ‘Hans’
    einen Titel \führen to hold [or form bear] a title
    etw im Wappen \führen to bear sth on one's coat of arms form
    12. (geh: haben)
    Gepäck bei [o mit] sich dat \führen to be carrying luggage
    seine Papiere/eine Schusswaffe bei [o mit] sich dat \führen to carry one's papers/a firearm on one, to carry around one's papers/a firearm sep
    ▪ etw \führen to stock [or spec carry] sth; (verkaufen) to sell sth
    einen Prozess/Verhandlungen \führen to conduct a case/negotiations
    II. vi
    1. (in Führung liegen) to be in the lead
    mit drei Punkten/einer halben Runde \führen to have a lead of [or to be in the lead by] three points/half a lap
    2. (verlaufen) to lead, to go
    wohin führt diese Straße/dieser Weg? where does this road/this path lead [or go] to?
    die Straße führt am Fluss entlang the road runs [or goes] along the river
    ▪ durch/über etw akk \führen Weg to lead [or go] through/over sth; Straße to lead [or go] [or run] through/over sth; Kabel, Pipeline to run through/over sth; Spuren to lead through/across sth
    die Brücke führt über den Rhein the bridge crosses [over] [or spans] the Rhine [or goes over
    ▪ zu etw dat \führen to lead to sth, to result in sth
    das führte dazu, dass er entlassen wurde this led to [or resulted in] his [or him] being dismissed
    [all] das führt [euch/uns] doch zu nichts that will [all] get you/us nowhere
    III. vr (geh: sich benehmen)
    ▪ sich akk \führen to conduct oneself form
    sich akk gut/schlecht \führen to conduct oneself well/badly [or to misbehave]
    * * *
    1.
    1) lead

    durch das Programm führt [Sie] Klaus Frank — Klaus Frank will present the programme

    2) (Kaufmannsspr.) stock, sell < goods>

    ein Orts-/Ferngespräch führen — make a local/long-distance call

    einen Prozess [gegen jemanden] führen — take legal action [against somebody]

    4) (verantwortlich leiten) manage, run <company, business, pub, etc.>; lead < party, country>; command < regiment>; chair < committee>
    5) (gelangen lassen) <journey, road> take
    6) (Amtsspr.) drive <train, motor, vehicle>; navigate < ship>; fly < aircraft>
    7) (verlaufen lassen) take <road, cable, etc.>
    8) (als Kennzeichnung, Bezeichnung haben) bear

    einen Titel/Künstlernamen führen — have a title/use a stage name

    den Titel ‘Professor’ führen — use the title of professor

    9) (angelegt haben) keep <diary, list, file>
    10) (befördern) carry
    12) (tragen)

    etwas bei od. mit sich führen — have something on one

    2.
    1) lead

    die Straße führt nach.../durch.../über... — the road leads or goes to.../goes through.../goes over...

    das würde zu weit führen — (fig.) that would be taking things too far

    2) (an der Spitze liegen) lead; be ahead

    in der Tabelle führen — be the league leaders; be at the top of the league

    3)

    zu etwas führen — (etwas bewirken) lead to something

    das führt zu nichts — (ugs.) that won't get you/us etc. anywhere (coll.)

    3.

    sich gut/schlecht führen — conduct oneself or behave well/badly

    * * *
    A. v/t
    1. lead (
    nach, zu to); (geleiten) auch take, escort; zu einem Platz: auch usher; (jemandem den Weg zeigen) lead, guide; (zwangsweise) escort;
    an oder
    bei der Hand führen take sb by the hand;
    an der Leine/am Zügel führen walk on the lead/lead by the reins;
    in ein Zimmer führen show ( oder lead oder usher) into a room;
    jemanden durch die Firma/Wohnung führen show sb (a)round the firm (US company)/the apartment (Br auch flat);
    die Polizei auf jemandes Spur führen fig put the police on sb’s track;
    was führt dich zu mir? fig what brings you here?;
    meine Reise führte mich nach Spanien fig my trip took me to Spain; → Versuchung
    2. (irgendwohin gelangen lassen):
    jemandem die Hand führen guide sb’s hand (auch fig);
    zum Mund führen raise to one’s lips;
    ein Kabel durch ein Rohr führen pass a cable through a pipe;
    eine Straße um einen Ort führen take a road (a)round a place, bypass a place
    3. (handhaben) handle, wield;
    sie führt den Ball sicher Basketball etc: she’s got good ball control
    4. ADMIN (Auto, Zug etc) drive; (Flugzeug etc) pilot, fly; (Schiff) navigate
    5.
    mit sich führen have on one, carry; (Fracht, Ladung etc) carry;
    Erz führen bear ( oder contain) ore;
    Strom führen ELEK be live; (leiten) conduct current;
    der Fluss führt Sand (mit sich) the river carries sand with it; → Hochwasser
    6. (anführen) lead, head; (Leitung haben) be in charge of; MIL auch command; (Geschäft, Haushalt etc) manage, run; (lenkend beeinflussen) guide;
    eine Armee in den Kampf/zum Sieg führen lead an army into battle/to victory;
    in den Ruin führen (Firma etc) lead to ruin;
    eine Klasse zum Abitur führen take a class through to the Abitur exam;
    er führt seine Mitarbeiter mit fester Hand he manages his colleagues with a firm hand; → Aufsicht, geführt, Kommando, Vorsitz etc
    7. (Gespräch, Verhandlung etc) carry on, have; (Telefongespräch) make; (Prozess) conduct; (Buch, Liste, Protokoll etc) keep; (Konto) manage;
    Leben führen lead ( oder live) a peaceful etc life;
    sie führen eine gute Ehe they’re happily married, they have a good (husband-and-wife) relationship;
    etwas zu Ende führen finish sth; → Beweis, Krieg, Regie etc
    8. (Namen) bear, go by ( oder under) the name of; (Nummer, Wappen) have; (Flagge) carry, fly; (Titel) Person: hold; Buch etc: have;
    den Titel … führen Buch: auch be entitled …
    9. (Ware) auf Lager: stock; zum Verkauf: auch sell, have;
    führen Sie Campingartikel? do you have ( oder sell oder stock) camping gear?;
    in einer Liste führen list, make a list of;
    (
    geführt werden appear on a list, be listed;
    als vermisst geführt werden be posted as missing
    10. (Reden, Sprache) use;
    ständig im Munde führen be constantly talking about; (Wendung) be constantly using
    11. fig → Feld, Schild2 1 etc
    B. v/i
    1. lead (
    nach, zu to); Tal, Tür etc: auch open (into);
    unser Weg führte durch einen Wald/über eine Brücke our route led ( oder passed) through a wood/over a bridge
    2. beim Tanzen: lead, steer
    3. SPORT:
    führen über (+akk) (dauern) last;
    der Kampf führt über zehn Runden the fight is over ten rounds
    4. (führend sein) lead; SPORT auch be in the lead;
    mit zwei Toren führen be two goals ahead, have a two-goal lead;
    mit 3:1 führen be 3-1 up;
    mit 3:1 gegen X führen lead X by 3-1
    5. fig:
    durch das Programm/den Abend führt X your guide ( oder presenter) for the program(me)/evening is X;
    führen zu lead to, end in; (zur Folge haben) result in;
    das führt zu nichts that won’t get you ( oder us etc) anywhere;
    das führt zu keinem Ergebnis that won’t produce a result;
    das führt zu weit that’s ( oder that would be) going too far;
    wohin soll das noch führen? where will all this lead ( oder end up)?
    C. v/r conduct o.s.; besonders Schüler: behave (o.s.);
    sich gut führen behave (well)
    * * *
    1.
    1) lead

    durch das Programm führt [Sie] Klaus Frank — Klaus Frank will present the programme

    2) (Kaufmannsspr.) stock, sell < goods>

    ein Orts-/Ferngespräch führen — make a local/long-distance call

    einen Prozess [gegen jemanden] führen — take legal action [against somebody]

    4) (verantwortlich leiten) manage, run <company, business, pub, etc.>; lead <party, country>; command < regiment>; chair < committee>
    5) (gelangen lassen) <journey, road> take
    6) (Amtsspr.) drive <train, motor, vehicle>; navigate < ship>; fly < aircraft>
    7) (verlaufen lassen) take <road, cable, etc.>
    8) (als Kennzeichnung, Bezeichnung haben) bear

    einen Titel/Künstlernamen führen — have a title/use a stage name

    den Titel ‘Professor’ führen — use the title of professor

    9) (angelegt haben) keep <diary, list, file>
    10) (befördern) carry

    etwas bei od. mit sich führen — have something on one

    2.
    1) lead

    die Straße führt nach.../durch.../über... — the road leads or goes to.../goes through.../goes over...

    das würde zu weit führen — (fig.) that would be taking things too far

    2) (an der Spitze liegen) lead; be ahead

    in der Tabelle führen — be the league leaders; be at the top of the league

    3)

    zu etwas führen — (etwas bewirken) lead to something

    das führt zu nichts — (ugs.) that won't get you/us etc. anywhere (coll.)

    3.

    sich gut/schlecht führen — conduct oneself or behave well/badly

    * * *
    v.
    to conduct v.
    to go v.
    (§ p.,p.p.: went, gone)
    to guide v.
    to lead v.
    (§ p.,p.p.: led)
    to steer v.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > führen

  • 10 hacer

    v.
    1 to do (realizar) (estudios, experimento, favor).
    ¿qué haces? what are you doing?
    tengo mucho que hacer I have a lot to do
    estoy haciendo segundo I'm in my second year
    ¿qué habré hecho con las llaves? what have I done with the keys?
    la carretera hace una curva there's a bend in the road
    Ella hace la tarea She does her work.
    2 to make.
    hacer un vestido/planes to make a dress/plans
    hacer un poema/una sinfonía to write a poem/a symphony
    hacer una fiesta to have a party
    para hacer la carne… to cook the meat…
    Ricardo hizo una casita Richard made a little house.
    Le hago estudiar I make him study.
    Nos hizo un problema He made us a problem (he made a problem for us)
    4 to do (arreglar) (casa, colada).
    5 to build (to build).
    han hecho un edificio nuevo they've put up a new building
    6 to make (movimientos, sonidos, gestos).
    le hice señas I signaled to her
    hacer ruido to make a noise
    el gato hace "miau" cats go "meow"
    debes hacer deporte you should start doing some sport
    8 to cause to look or seem (dar aspecto a).
    este espejo te hace gordo that mirror makes you look o seem fat
    9 to play (Cine & Teatro) (papel).
    hace el papel de la hija del rey she plays (the part of) the king's daughter
    10 to think, to reckon.
    a estas horas yo te hacía en París I thought o reckoned you'd be in Paris by now
    11 to be done to.
    Se me hizo una injusticia An injustice was done to me.
    12 to place.
    Haré una llamada a mi hermana I will place a call to my sister.
    13 to be made to.
    Se nos hizo pagar una gran suma We were made to pay a large amount.
    14 to be made for.
    Se me hizo una camisa A shirt was made for me.
    15 to travel, to make.
    Hicimos dos kilómetros We traveled two kilometers.
    * * *
    Present Indicative
    hago, haces, hace, hacemos, hacéis, hacen.
    Past Indicative
    Future Indicative
    Conditional
    Present Subjunctive
    Imperfect Subjunctive
    Future Subjunctive
    Imperative
    haz (tú), haga (él/Vd.), hagamos (nos.), haced (vos.), hagan (ellos/Vds.).
    Past Participle
    hecho,-a.
    * * *
    verb
    2) do
    3) be
    •
    - hacer falta
    - hacerse
    * * *
    Para las expresiones hacer añicos, hacer gracia, hacerse ilusiones, hacer pedazos, hacerse de rogar, hacer el tonto, hacer las veces de ver la otra entrada.
    1. VERBO TRANSITIVO
    1) [indicando actividad en general] to do

    ¿qué haces? — what are you doing?

    ¿qué haces ahí? — what are you doing there?

    ¡eso no se hace! — that's not done!

    • hacer el [amor] — to make love

    • hacer la [guerra] — to wage war

    hacer algo por hacer —

    2) [en lugar de otro verbo] to do
    3) (=crear) [+ coche, escultura, juguete, ropa, pastel] to make; [+ casa] to build; [+ dibujo] to do; [+ novela, sinfonía] to write

    • le cuesta trabajo hacer [amigos] — he finds it hard to make friends

    4) (=realizar) [+ apuesta, discurso, objeción] to make; [+ deporte, deberes] to do; [+ caca, pipí] to do; [+ nudo] to tie; [+ pregunta] to ask; [+ visita] to pay; [+ milagros] to do, work

    el gato hizo miau — the cat went miaow, the cat miaowed

    el árbol no hace mucha sombra — the tree isn't very shady, the tree doesn't provide a lot of shade

    ¿me puedes hacer el nudo de la corbata? — could you knot my tie for me?

    • hacer un [favor] a algn — to do sb a favour

    • hacer un [gesto] — [con la cara] to make {o} pull a face; [con la mano] to make a sign

    • hacer un [recado] — to do {o} run an errand

    • hacer [ruido] — to make a noise

    • hacer [sitio] — to make room

    • hacer [tiempo] — to kill time

    5) (=preparar) [+ cama, comida] to make

    hacer el pelo/las uñas a algn — to do sb's hair/nails

    • hacer las [maletas] — to pack one's bags

    6) (=dedicarse a)

    ¿qué hace tu padre? — what does your father do?

    • hacer [cine] — to make films

    • hacer [teatro] — to act

    7) (=actuar)

    hacer un papel — to play a role {o} part

    8) (=sumar) to make

    y cincuenta céntimos, hacen diez euros — and fifty cents change, which makes ten euros

    9) (=cumplir)

    voy a hacer 30 años la próxima semana — I'm going to be 30 next week, it's my 30th birthday next week

    10) (=obligar) + infin to make

    • hágale [entrar] — show him in, have him come in

    • me lo hizo [saber] — he told me about it, he informed me of it

    • hacer [que] + subjun —

    11) (=mandar)
    + infin
    12) (=transformar) + adj to make
    13) (=pensar) to think

    yo le hacía más viejo — I thought he was older, I had him down as being older

    14) (=acostumbrar)
    15) (=ejercitar)
    16)

    • hacer a algn [con] (=proveer) —

    2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO
    1) (=comportarse)

    • hacer [como] que {o} como si — to make as if

    hizo como que no se daba cuenta {o} como si no se diera cuenta — he made as if he hadn't noticed, he pretended not to have noticed

    2)

    • [dar que] hacer — to cause trouble

    dieron que hacer a la policía — they caused {o} gave the police quite a bit of trouble

    3) (=importar)

    no le hace — LAm it doesn't matter, never mind

    4) (=ser apropiado)

    ¿hace? — will it do?, is it all right?; (=¿de acuerdo?) is it a deal?

    5) (=apetecer)

    ¿te hace que vayamos a tomar unas copas? — how about going for a drink?, what do you say we go for a drink?

    ¿te hace un cigarrillo? — how about a cigarette?, do you fancy a cigarette?

    6) [seguido de preposición]
    hacer de (Teat) to play the part of hacer por (=intentar)

    hacer por hacer algo — to try to do sth, make an effort to do sth

    3. VERBO IMPERSONAL
    1) [con expresiones de tiempo atmosférico] to be

    hace calor/frío — it's hot/cold

    ¿qué tiempo hace? — what's the weather like?

    2) [con expresiones temporales]

    hace tres años que se fue — he left three years ago, it's three years since he left

    hace tres años que no lo veo — I haven't seen him for three years, it's three years since I (last) saw him

    ¿hace mucho que esperas? — have you been waiting long?

    • [desde] hace cuatro años — for four years

    3) LAm (=haber, tener)
    4.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) ( crear) <mueble/vestido> to make; <casa/carretera> to build; < nido> to build, make; < coche> to make, manufacture; < túnel> to make, dig; <dibujo/plano> to do, draw; < lista> to make, draw up; < resumen> to do, make; < película> to make; <nudo/lazo> to tie; <pan/pastel> to make, bake; <vino/café/tortilla> to make; < cerveza> to make, brew

    me hizo un lugar or sitio en la mesa — he made room o a place for me at the table

    2)
    a) (efectuar, llevar a cabo) < sacrificio> to make; < milagro> to work, perform; <deberes/ejercicios/limpieza> to do; < mandado> to run; <transacción/investigación> to carry out; < experimento> to do, perform; < entrevista> to conduct; <gira/viaje> to do

    ¿me haces un favor? — will you do me a favor?

    hicimos un trato — we did o made a deal

    b) <cheque/factura> to make out, write out
    3) (formular, expresar) <declaración/promesa/oferta> to make; <proyecto/plan> to make, draw up; <crítica/comentario> to make, voice; < pregunta> to ask

    hacer caca — (fam) to do a poop (AmE) o (BrE) a pooh (colloq)

    hacer pis or pipí — (fam) to have a pee (colloq)

    hacer sus necesidades — (euf) to go to the bathroom o toilet (euph)

    5) ( adquirir) <dinero/fortuna> to make; < amigo> to make
    6) (preparar, arreglar) < cama> to make; < maleta> to pack

    hice el pescado al horno — I did o cooked the fish in the oven

    tengo que hacer la comida — I must make lunch; ver tb comida 2) b)

    7)
    a) (producir, causar) < ruido> to make

    las vacas hacen `mu' — cows go `moo'

    8) ( recorrer) <trayecto/distancia> to do, cover
    9) (en cálculos, enumeraciones)

    son 180... y 320 hacen 500 — that's 180... and 320 is o makes 500

    10)

    hacen una obra de Ibsen — they're doing o putting on a play by Ibsen

    deberías hacer ejercicio — you should do o get some exercise

    ¿hace algún deporte? — do you play o do any sports?

    b) (como profesión, ocupación) to do
    c) ( estudiar) to do

    hace Derecho — she's doing o studying o reading Law

    11)
    a) (realizar cierta acción, actuar de cierta manera) to do

    niño, eso no se hace! — you mustn't do that!

    qué se le va a hacer! or qué le vamos a hacer! — what can you o (frml) one do?

    hacerla — (Méx) (fam) to make it (colloq)

    hacerla (buena) — (fam)

    ahora sí que la hice! — now I've (really) done it!

    hacérsela buena a alguien — (Méx) to keep one's word o promise to somebody

    soñé que te sacabas la lotería - házmela buena! — I dreamed you won the lottery - if only!

    b) (dar cierto uso, destino, posición) to do

    y el libro ¿qué lo hice? — (CS, Méx fam) what did I do with the book?

    12) (esp Esp) ( actuar como)

    hacer el tonto — to act o play the fool

    voy a escribirle - deja, yo lo haré — I'm going to write to him - don't bother, I'll do it

    14) (Méx, RPl fam) (afectar, importar)

    ¿qué le hace? — so what? what does it matter?

    15) (transformar en, volver) to make

    te hará hombre, hijo mío — it will make a man of you, my son

    17) (inducir a, ser causa de que)

    hacer algo/a alguien + inf — to make something/somebody + inf

    todo hace suponer que... — everything suggests that o leads one to think that...

    hacer que algo/alguien + subj — to make something/somebody + inf

    18) ( obligar a)

    hacer + inf a alguien — to make somebody + inf

    hacer que alguien + subj — to make somebody + inf

    19)

    hacer hacer algo — to have o get something done/made

    hice acortar las cortinas — I had o got the curtains shortened

    20) (suponer, imaginar)
    2.
    hacer vi
    1)
    a) (obrar, actuar)

    ¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? — what do you have to do to get the scholarship?

    ¿cómo hacen para vivir con ese sueldo? — how do they manage to live on that salary?

    hacerle a algo — (Chi, Méx fam)

    hacer y deshacer — to do as one pleases, do what one likes

    b) (+ compl)

    hiciste bien en decírmelo — you did o were right to tell me

    mamá, ya hice! — (esp AmL) Mommy, I've been o I've finished!

    hacer de cuerpo or de vientre — (frml) to have a bowel movement (frml)

    3) (fingir, simular)

    hizo como que no me había visto — he made out o pretended he hadn't seen me

    haz como si no supieras nada — act as if o pretend you don't know anything about it

    4) ( servir)

    hacer de algo: esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning; la escuela hizo de hospital — the school served as o was used as a hospital

    hacer de algo/alguien — to play (the part of) something/somebody

    hacía de `malo' — he played the bad guy

    6) (+ compl) ( sentar) (+ me/te/le etc)

    la trucha me hizo mal — (AmL) the trout didn't agree with me

    8)

    no le hace — ( no tiene importancia) it doesn't matter; ( no sirve de excusa) that's no excuse

    ¿no le hace que tire la ceniza aquí? — do you mind if I drop the ash here?

    9) (en 3a pers) (frml) (tocar, concernir)

    por lo que hace a or en cuanto hace a su solicitud — as far as your application is concerned

    10) (Esp fam) ( apetecer)

    ¿(te) hace una cerveza? — care for a beer?, do you fancy a beer? (BrE colloq)

    3.
    hacer v impers
    1)

    hace frío/calor/sol/viento — it's cold/hot/sunny/windy

    b) (fam & hum)

    hace sed ¿verdad? — it's thirsty weather/work, isn't it?

    parece que hace hambre — you/they seem to be hungry

    ¿cuánto hace que se fue? — how long ago did she leave?

    hace poco/un año — a short time/a year ago

    4.
    1) hacerse v pron

    hágase la luz — (Bib) let there be light; (+ me/te/le etc)

    se le ha hecho una ampolla — she's got o she has a blister

    por fin se le hizo ganar el premio — she finally got to win the award

    3)
    a) (refl) ( hacer para sí) <café/falda> to make oneself
    b) (caus) ( hacer que otro haga)
    4) ( causarse)

    ¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? — what did you do to your arm?

    ¿te hiciste daño? — did you hurt yourself?

    todavía se hace pis/caca — (fam) she still wets/messes herself

    6) (refl) ( adquirir) to make
    7)
    a) (volverse, convertirse en) to become

    hacerse famoso/monja — to become famous/a nun

    se está haciendo tarde — it's getting late; (+ me/te/le etc)

    c) ( cocinarse) pescado/guiso to cook
    d) (AmL) ( pasarle a)

    ¿qué se habrá hecho María? — what can have happened to María?

    8) ( resultar)

    esto se hace muy pesado — this gets very boring; (+ me/te/le etc)

    9) ( dar impresión de) (+ me/te/le etc)

    se me hace que está ofendida — I get the feeling o impression that she's upset

    se me hace que va a llover — I think o I have a feeling it's going to rain

    hacérsele a alguien — (Chi fam) to back out

    10) (caus)

    hacerse + inf: hazte respetar make people respect you; el desenlace no se hizo esperar the end was not long in coming; un chico que se hace querer a likable kid; se hizo construir una mansión he had a mansion built; hazte ver por un médico — (AmL) go and see a doctor

    hacerse a algo/+ inf — to get used to something/-ing

    12) ( fingirse)

    ¿éste es bobo o se (lo) hace? — (fam) is this guy stupid or just a good actor? (colloq)

    no te hagas el sordo — don't pretend o act as if you didn't hear me

    yo me hice — (Méx fam) I pretend not to notice

    13) ( moverse) (+ compl) to move

    hacerse atrás/a un lado — to move back/to one side

    15) hacerse de (AmL)

    tengo que hacerme de dinero — I must get o lay my hands on some money

    * * *
    = accomplish, design (for/to), be up to, cause, conduct, do, devise, produce, render, compose, make, get (a)round to, make out, get round to, brew.
    Ex. If a library prefers to simplify records in particular areas, this can usually be accomplished by not entering particular types of information.
    Ex. In lists designed for international use a symbolic notation instead of textual notes may be used.
    Ex. When I saw what he was up to, I drew back for a punch and hit him so hard on the nose that he fell on his back and lay there for some time, so that his wife stood over him and cried out 'Mercy! You've done my husband in!'.
    Ex. As usage of the language causes terms to become anachronistic, or as increases in our level of awareness reveal undesirable connotations, we seek to change subject heading terms.
    Ex. Obviously, this tagging must be conducted manually.
    Ex. In all these cases where scientists studied what crafstmen knew how to do the resulting benefits have accrued to science not to technology.
    Ex. Special classification schemes are generally devised for an application in which no major general scheme is suitable.
    Ex. The present OCLC system does not produce catalog cards in sets, but if it did it could produce over 6,000 different sets for one title.
    Ex. So strongly was it felt by proponents of change that just such unconscious biases rendered libraries 'part of the problem, instead of the solution'.
    Ex. There have never been any attempts to compose a bibliography of US government documents relating to international law.
    Ex. This concept comes mainly from the military, where a designated number of troops make a squad, a platoon, a regiment, etc..
    Ex. The article is entitled 'A list of lists of Web sites to check out: getting organized and getting around to it are two different things'.
    Ex. The cards for those headings should be removed from the index and new cards made out if necessary.
    Ex. The government have been making noises about it for some time but haven't quite got round to it.
    Ex. The goddess owned a potent magick cauldron in which she planned to brew a special liquid for her ugly son.
    ----
    * acceder haciendo clic = click.
    * acusación + hacer = accusation + level.
    * aguja de hacer croché = crochet hook, crochet needle.
    * aguja de hacer ganchillo = crochet hook, crochet needle.
    * aguja de hacer punto = knitting needle.
    * algo diverto que hacer = fun thing to do.
    * Algo que se hace para matar el tiempo = time filler.
    * al hacer esto = by so doing, in so doing, by doing so, in doing so.
    * a medio hacer = halfway done, half done.
    * anunciado desde hace tiempo = long-heralded.
    * aprender haciendo = learn by + doing.
    * batir hasta hacer espuma = work up + a lather.
    * ¡bien hecho! = the way to go!.
    * buscar una forma de hacer (algo) = develop + way + to make + Nombre.
    * contenedor para hacer compost = compost bin.
    * continuar con el buen hacer = keep up + the good work, keep up + the great work.
    * continuar haciendo algo = get on with + Nombre.
    * cuando hace frío = in the cold.
    * cumplido hace tiempo = long overdue.
    * decidir hacer = spring for.
    * decidir qué hacer con = make + disposition of.
    * de hace años = of years ago.
    * de hace muchos años = long-standing.
    * de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-lost.
    * de hace siglos = of yore.
    * de hace varios siglos = centuries-old.
    * dejar de hacer huelga = cross + the picket line.
    * dejar que Alguien haga las cosas a su manera = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.
    * dejar sin hacer = leave + undone.
    * desde hace algún tiempo = for some time past, for days.
    * desde hace años = over the years, for years past, for years.
    * desde hace la tira (de tiempo) = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.
    * desde hace muchísimo tiempo = in ages (and ages and ages).
    * desde hace muchos años = for years.
    * desde hace mucho tiempo = for ages, long-time [longtime], long since, in ages (and ages and ages).
    * desde hace siglos = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.
    * desde hace tanto tiempo = so long.
    * desde hace tiempo = long [longer -comp., longest -sup.], over the years, for a long time, long since, for some time.
    * desde hace un montonazo de tiempo = for yonks and yonks.
    * desde hace un montón de tiempo = for yonks.
    * desde hace un par de + Tiempo = in these past couple of + Tiempo.
    * desde hace varios años + Presente = for several years + Pretérito Perfecto.
    * desde hace ya algún tiempo = for some time now.
    * desde hace ya años = for years now.
    * difícil de hacer = hard to do.
    * donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).
    * dos entuertos no hacen un derecho = two wrongs do not make a right.
    * el que las hace, las paga = you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.
    * encargado de hacer el presupuesto = budgetmaker.
    * esfuerzo + hacer sudar = work up + a lather.
    * es más fácil decirlo que hacerlo = easier said than done.
    * esperado hace tiempo = overdue.
    * esperar sin nada que hacer = kick + Posesivo + heels.
    * establecido desde hace tiempo = long-established.
    * estar haciendo = be up to.
    * estar haciendo Algo = have + Nombre + on the go.
    * estar haciendo algo que no se debe = be up to no good.
    * estar sin hacer nada = sit + idle, stand + idle.
    * existir desde hace años = be around for years.
    * frotar hasta hacer espuma = lather.
    * hace algunos años = some years ago.
    * hace algún tiempo = some time ago, a while back, some while ago, sometime back.
    * hace años = years ago.
    * hace demasiado tiempo = too long ago.
    * hacer huir en batalla = route.
    * hace la tira (de tiempo) = yonks, yonks and yonks.
    * hace miles de años = aeons ago.
    * hace muchas lunas = all those many moons ago, many moons ago.
    * hace muchísimos años = a great many years ago.
    * hace muchísimo tiempo = ages (and ages) ago, aeons ago, yonks.
    * hace muchos años = many years ago.
    * hace mucho tiempo = long since, all those many moons ago, many moons ago.
    * hace muy poco tiempo = a short time ago.
    * hace + Número + años = Número + years ago.
    * hace poco tiempo = a short time ago.
    * hacer a Alguien pasar vergüenza = embarrass.
    * hacer a Alguien precavido = put + Nombre + on + Posesivo + guard.
    * hacer abono orgánico = compost.
    * hacer acampada = camp.
    * hacer accesible a través de = make + available through.
    * hacer ademanes = flail about, gesticulate.
    * hacer aflorar = bring to + the surface.
    * hacer aflorar sentimientos de antagonismo = bring to + the surface + feelings of antagonism.
    * hacer ágil = limber up.
    * hacer agua = Negativo + hold + water.
    * hacer agua(s) = spring + a leak.
    * hacer a gusto del consumidor = make to + order.
    * hacer ajustes = make + adjustment.
    * hacer alarde de = boast, flaunt, brag, show off.
    * hacer alegaciones = plead.
    * hacer Algo a hurtadillas = sneak.
    * hacer algo alocado = do + something footloose and fancy-free.
    * hacer algo al respecto = do + something about it.
    * hacer Algo con dificultad = muddle through, plod (along/through).
    * hacer Algo con mucho esfuerzo = plod (along/through).
    * hacer algo con respecto a = do + something about.
    * hacer Algo de cara a la galería = play to + the gallery.
    * hacer Algo en exceso = push + Nombre + too far.
    * hacer algo funcionar = make + Nombre + tick.
    * hacer Algo muy bien = do + an excellent job of, make + an excellent job of.
    * hacer Algo para la galería = play to + the gallery.
    * hacer algo poco a poco = eat away at.
    * hacer algo por amor al arte = labour of love.
    * hacer Algo por + Posesivo + propia cuenta = make + Posesivo + own arrangements.
    * hacer Algo posible = make + provision for.
    * hacer Algo puré = mash.
    * hacer Algo rápidamente = put together.
    * hacer Algo realidad = make + Nombre + come true.
    * hacer Algo sin ser visto = sneak.
    * hacer Algo sobre la marcha = play + Nombre + by ear.
    * hacer Algo trocitos = tear + Nombre + to shreds, tear + Nombre + to bits.
    * hacer algunos comentarios sobre lo que Alguien ha dicho = take + a few cracks at.
    * hacer alusión a = make + allusion to, make + reference to.
    * hacer a mano = handcraft.
    * hacer a medida = custom-make, make to + order.
    * hacer a medida para satisfacer los requisitos = tailor to + meet the specification.
    * hacer amigos = win + friends.
    * hacer amistad = make + friend.
    * hacer amistad con = make + friends with, befriend.
    * hacer amistades = friend.
    * hacer ampollas = blister.
    * hacer anotaciones = annotate, mark + Nombre + up.
    * hacer añicos = shatter, blow + Nombre + to bits, smash + Nombre + to bits, tear + Nombre + to bits.
    * hacer aparecer = cause + display of.
    * hacer a partir de = make out of.
    * hacer apología = make + apology.
    * hacer arreglos florales = arrange + flowers.
    * hacer artesanalmente = handcraft.
    * hacer asequible = make + amenable.
    * hacer atractivo = endear.
    * hacer a un lado = nudge + Nombre + aside, push aside.
    * hacer autostop = thumb + a lift, hitch + a ride.
    * hacer avances = make + headway.
    * hacer avanzar = nudge + Nombre + forward, push + the frontiers of, nudge + Nombre + along, nudge + Nombre + into, push + the boundaries of.
    * hacer avanzar el conocimiento = push back + the frontiers of knowledge.
    * hacer avanzar hacia = nudge + Nombre + toward.
    * hacer averiguaciones = make + enquiry.
    * hacer bajar = force down.
    * hacer balance de = take + stock of.
    * hacer barrabasadas = play + pranks.
    * hacer basto = coarsen.
    * hacer bien = do + good.
    * hacer borrón y cuenta nueva = start with + a clean slate, cut + Posesivo + losses, turn over + a new leaf.
    * hacer borroso = blur.
    * hacer bromas = banter.
    * hacer bucles = loop.
    * hacer buenas migas = hit it off.
    * hacer buen uso de Algo = put to + good use.
    * hacer bulla = kick up + a stink, kick up + a fuss, raise + a stink, make + a stink (about), make + a racket, make + a row, make + a ruckus, kick up + a row.
    * hacer bulto = bulge.
    * hacer búsquedas en = search through.
    * hacer caca = take + a dump.
    * hacer caer = oust.
    * hacer caja = tally up + sales, balance + the cash, reconcile (with), balance + the cash drawer.
    * hacer caja con = cash in on, ride (on) + Posesivo + coattails.
    * hacer callar = shush, hush, quieten.
    * hacer cambiar = swing + Persona.
    * hacer cambiar las cosas = turn + the tide on.
    * hacer cambios en la búsqueda = renegotiate + search.
    * hacer cambios indebidamente = tamper (with).
    * hacer campaña = campaign, stump, go out on + the road.
    * hacer cara a = brave.
    * hacer caso = take + notice, listen (to).
    * hacer caso a Alguien = take + Posesivo + word for it.
    * hacer caso (a/de) = pay + attention to.
    * hacer caso omiso = disregard, brush aside, go + unheeded, fall on + deaf ears, meet + deaf ears, thumb + Posesivo + nose at, dismiss with + the wave of the hand, fly in + the face of, push aside.
    * hacer caso omiso de = be oblivious of/to.
    * hacer chanchullos = fiddle.
    * hacer chatting = chat.
    * hacer circular = pass around.
    * hacer circular por = circulate round.
    * hacer cisco = tear + apart, wipe + the floor with.
    * hacer coincidir (con) = reconcile (with).
    * hacer cola = queue up.
    * hacer colectas = exact + contributions.
    * hacer comentarios = air + comments.
    * hacer como el avestruz = bury + Posesivo + head in the sand (like an ostrich), stick + Posesivo + head in the sand.
    * hacer como si nada = play it + cool.
    * hacer comparaciones = draw + comparisons, make + comparisons.
    * hacer comparecer = arraign.
    * hacer compatible (con) = reconcile (with).
    * hacer compost = compost.
    * hacer compras = do + shopping.
    * hacer comprender = bring + home.
    * hacer con Alguien lo que Uno quiera = be like putty in + Posesivo + hands.
    * hacer concesiones = make + allowances.
    * hacer conjeturas = speculate.
    * hacer constar = state.
    * hacer contrabando = smuggle.
    * hacer copias = make + multiple copies.
    * hacer copias mediante multicopista por disolvente = spirit duplication.
    * hacer correr la voz = spread + the word, spread + the good word, pass on + the good word, spread + the news.
    * hacer cosas = get + things done.
    * hacer cosquillas = tickle.
    * hacer creer = lead to + believe, lull + Nombre + into thinking.
    * hacer crítica = find + fault with.
    * hacer croché = crochet.
    * hacer cuadrar (con) = reconcile (with).
    * hacer cuadrar las cuentas = reconcile + receipts.
    * hacer cuadras las facturas = reconcile + receipts.
    * hacer cualquier cosa = do + anything, give + Posesivo + right arm.
    * hacer cumplir = uphold.
    * hacer cumplir la disciplina = enforce + discipline.
    * hacer cumplir la legislación = enforce + legislation.
    * hacer cumplir la ley = law enforcement, enforce + law, legal enforcement.
    * hacer cumplir una norma = enforce + standard.
    * hacer cumplir una política = uphold + policy.
    * hacer cumplir unas normas = enforce + policy.
    * hacer daño = do + harm, hurt.
    * hacer dar vueltas = gyrate.
    * hacer de = make out of.
    * hacer de carabina = play + gooseberry.
    * hacer declamaciones = declaim.
    * hacer dedo = hitch + a ride, thumb + a lift.
    * hacer de la noche día = burn + the candle at both ends.
    * hacer del mismo molde = cast in + the same mould as.
    * hacer de nuevo = redo [re-do], remake.
    * hacer de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + bit.
    * hacer derretir el hielo = de-ice [deice].
    * hacer desaparecer = eradicate, dispel, banish.
    * hacer desaparecer una división = blur + division.
    * hacer desaparecer un mito = dispel + myth.
    * hacer descuento = discount.
    * hacer desfilar = parade.
    * hacer detonar = detonate.
    * hacer de tripas corazón = bite + the bullet.
    * hacer diabluras = play + pranks.
    * hacer diana = hit + home.
    * hacer difícil = make + it + difficult, make + difficult.
    * hacer dinero = make + money.
    * hacer dudar = make + Nombre + doubt, misgive.
    * hacer eco = echo, resonate.
    * hacer eco de = echo.
    * hacer efectivo = cash in.
    * hacer efectivo en metálico = pay in + cash.
    * hacer ejercicio físico = work out.
    * hacer ejercicios de calentamiento = limber up.
    * hacer el aire irrespirable = choke + the air.
    * hacer el amor = make + love.
    * hacer el avío = get + ready.
    * hacer el balance de cuentas = balance + the cash, balance + the cash drawer.
    * hacer el cambio = make + the change.
    * hacer el chorra = pissing into the wind.
    * hacer el deber de Uno = do + Posesivo + part.
    * hacer el dobladillo = hem.
    * hacer elección = make + choices.
    * hacer el esfuerzo necesario = pull + Posesivo + (own) weight.
    * hacer el indio = horse around/about.
    * hacer el intento = have + a go, give + it a shot, give + Nombre + a try, have + a stab at, take + a stab at, make + a stab at, give + it a whirl, give + it a try.
    * hacer el mal = do + evil.
    * hacer el mejor uso de = make + the best of.
    * hacer el monigote = fool around.
    * hacer el paripé = keep up + facade, put on + an act.
    * hacer el pasillo = form + a guard of honour.
    * hacer el pasillo de honor = form + a guard of honour.
    * hacer el recorrido normal = make + the rounds.
    * hacer el ridículo = make + a fool of + Reflexivo, make + an arse of + Reflexivo, make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.
    * hacer el testamento = testate.
    * hacer el tonto = fool around, horse around/about.
    * hacer el último esfuerzo = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.
    * hacer encaje = tat.
    * hacer encaje de bolillos = do + the impossible, jump through + hoops, double over + backwards.
    * hacer encaje de bolillos para que cuadre Algo = juggle.
    * hacer encargos = run + errands.
    * hacer enemigos = make + enemies.
    * hacer entender = get across.
    * hacer erupción = erupt.
    * hacer escala = stop over.
    * hacer eses = zigzag.
    * hacer esperar = cool + Posesivo + heels.
    * hacer espuma = work up + a lather, froth.
    * hacer esquina con = form + right angles with.
    * hacer estallar = spark, ignite, touch off, blow up, let off.
    * hacer estallar en añicos = blow + sky high.
    * hacer estallar una bomba = bomb.
    * hacer estallar un guerra = ignite + war.
    * hacer esto = go along + this road.
    * hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess about, pootle, piddle around.
    * hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess around.
    * hacer esto y aquello sin prisas = pootle.
    * hacer estragos = lay + waste to, create + havoc, wreak + havoc, cause + havoc, take + Posesivo + toll (on).
    * hacer estragos en = play + havoc with.
    * hacer estrías = rifle.
    * hacer exenciones = make + exemptions.
    * hacer experimentos = institute + experiments.
    * hacer explícito = make + explicit.
    * hacer explotar = blow up.
    * hacer extensivo + Posesivo + agradecimiento = extend + Posesivo + thanks.
    * hacer factible = make + feasible.
    * hacer falta = need, must, have to, it + take.
    * hacer flexible = limber up.
    * hacer fortuna = make + Posesivo + fortune, make + a fortune, strike + it rich, strike + gold, hit + the jackpot.
    * hacer fotocopias = photoduplication [photo-duplication].
    * hacer fotografía = make + picture.
    * hacer fracasar = foil, derail.
    * hacer frente = combat, come to + terms with, contain, address + Nombre + head-on, meet + Nombre + head-on, tackle + Nombre + head-on, face + Nombre + head-on, engage.
    * hacer frente a = confront, deal with, face, face up to, meet, cope with, wrestle with, stand up to, brave, breast, address.
    * hacer frente a deudas = meet + debts.
    * hacer frente a gastos = meet + expenses.
    * hacer frente a la delincuencia = tackle + crime.
    * hacer frente a la inflación = combat + inflation.
    * hacer frente a la realidad = confront + reality, face + (the) facts, face + (up to) the fact that, face + reality.
    * hacer frente a la realidad (de que) = face + the truth (that).
    * hacer frente a las diferencias = face + differences.
    * hacer frente a la situación = tackle + situation.
    * hacer frente a la vida = cope.
    * hacer frente al cambio = manage + change.
    * hacer frente al futuro = face up to + the future.
    * hacer frente al hecho de que = face + (up to) the fact that.
    * hacer frente a los elementos = brave + the elements.
    * hacer frente a los hechos = face + facts.
    * hacer frente a tiempos difíciles = cope with + difficult times, cope with + difficult times.
    * hacer frente a una amenaza = address + threat.
    * hacer frente a una crisis = face + crisis, meet + crisis.
    * hacer frente a una incertidumbre = meet + uncertainty.
    * hacer frente a una necesidad = meet + need, serve + need.
    * hacer frente a una responsabilidad = meet + responsibility, face up to + responsibility.
    * hacer frente a un cambio = meet + change.
    * hacer frente a un gasto = meet + cost.
    * hacer frente a un problema = attack + problem, combat + problem, wrestle with + problem.
    * hacer frente a un reto = rise (up) to + challenge, confront + challenge, meet + challenge, embrace + challenge.
    * hacer fresco = be cool.
    * hacer funcionar = service, do + the trick.
    * hacer gala de = sport.
    * hacer gala del conocimiento que uno tiene = air + knowledge.
    * hacer ganchillo = crochet.
    * hacer garabatos = scribble, scrawl, doodle.
    * hacer girar = twiddle, twirl.
    * hacer gozar = delight.
    * hacer gracia = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.
    * hacer grandes esfuerzos por = take + (great) pains to.
    * hacer grandes progresos = make + great strides.
    * hacer guardar silencio = shush.
    * hacer hasta la presente = do + all along.
    * hacer hidrófugo = render + water-repellent.
    * hacer hincapié = emphasise [emphasize, -USA].
    * hacer hincapié en = put + a premium on.
    * hacer hincapié en una idea = hammer + point.
    * hacer historia = make + history, history in the making, go down in + history.
    * hacer honor al nombre de Uno = live up to + Posesivo + name.
    * hacer horas extraordinarias = work + overtime.
    * hacer horas extras = work + overtime.
    * hacer hueco = make + room (for).
    * hacer huelga = strike.
    * hacer huella = leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression.
    * hacer huir = drive away, chase + Nombre + off.
    * hacer imaginar = conjure up + an image of, conjure up + a vision of.
    * hacer impermeable = render + water-repellent.
    * hacer inalterable = set in + stone, set in + tablets of stone.
    * hacer incomprensible = render + incomprehensible, garble.
    * hacer indescifrable = render + indecipherable, garble.
    * hacer innecesario = obviate + the need for, make + redundant.
    * hacer insinuaciones = make + innuendoes.
    * hacer insinuaciones sobre = make + noises about, make + a noise about.
    * hacer insoluble = render + insoluble.
    * hacer inutilizable = render + useless.
    * hacer juego con = go with.
    * hacer juegos malabares = juggle.
    * hacer juegos malabares para que cuadre Algo = juggle.
    * hacer justicia = do + justice.
    * hacer la cama = make + the bed.
    * hacer la cuenta = tot up, tote up.
    * hacer la guerra = make + war.
    * hacer (la) mona = play + hooky, play + truant, skip + class.
    * hacer la paz = make + (the) peace.
    * hacer la pelota = butter + Nombre + up, toady, fawn (on/upon/over).
    * hacer la pelota a + Alguien = curry + favour with + Alguien.
    * hacer la pelotilla = toady, butter + Nombre + up.
    * hacer la prueba = give + it a whirl, give + it a shot, give + it a try.
    * hacer largos = swim + laps.
    * hacer las leyes más estrictas = tighten + laws.
    * hacer las maletas = pack up, pack + Posesivo + belongings, pack + Posesivo + things, pack + Posesivo + suitcases, pack + Posesivo + bags.
    * hacer las paces = heal + the breach, heal + the rift, bury + the hatchet, make + (the) peace, smoke + the peace pipe, smoke + the pipe of peace, bury + the tomahawk, bury + the war axe.
    * hacer la transición = make + the transition.
    * hacer la vida imposible = make + life hell.
    * hacer la vista gorda = look + the other way, turn + a blind eye to, pretend + not to have seen.
    * hacerle a Alguien un lavado de cerebro = brainwash.
    * hacerle las cosas fáciles a Alguien = play into + the hands of.
    * hacerle la vida más simple a todos = simplify + life for everyone.
    * hacerle una paja a un muerto = flog + a dead horse, beat + a dead horse, fart + in the wind.
    * hacerle un bombo a Alguien = knock + Alguien + up.
    * hacer llamada telefónica = make + telephone call.
    * hacer llorar = reduce + Nombre + to tears.
    * hacer llorar de emoción = move + Nombre + to tears.
    * hacerlo = do so, go ahead.
    * hacerlo bien = put + matters + right, get + it + right, be right on track.
    * hacer lo correcto = do + the right thing.
    * hacerlo de nuevo = go and do it again.
    * hacerlo difícil de + Infinitivo = make + it + hard to + Infinitivo.
    * hacer lo imposible = bend over backwards, do + the impossible, lean over + backwards, double over + backwards.
    * hacer lo imposible para = jump through + hoops.
    * hacerlo lo mejor que uno pueda = do + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + best.
    * hacerlo mal = get + it + (all) wrong.
    * hacer lo más acertado dadas las circunstancias = do + the best thing in the circumstances.
    * hacerlo más llevadero = make + life easier.
    * hacerlo mejor = do + a better job.
    * hacer lo mejor que Uno pueda = put + Posesivo + best into, give of + Posesivo + best.
    * hacer lo mejor que Uno puede = try + Posesivo + best, try + Posesivo + heart out.
    * hacerlo por uno mismo = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.
    * hacer lo que a Uno le de la gana = get away with + murder.
    * hacer lo que le corresponde a Uno = do + Posesivo + part.
    * hacer lo que uno dice que es capaz de hacer = live up to + Posesivo + claim.
    * hacer lo que Uno quiera = get away with + murder.
    * hacer los deberes = do + homework.
    * hacerlo sin la ayuda de nadie = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.
    * hacerlo solo = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.
    * hacer los primeros pinitos = take + the first step.
    * hacerlo todo excepto = stop at + nothing short of.
    * hacerlo todo menos = stop at + nothing short of.
    * hacer malabarismos = juggle.
    * hacer malabarismos para que cuadre Algo = juggle.
    * hacer mandados = run + errands.
    * hacer maravillas = work + wonders.
    * hacer más consciente de Algo = heighten + awareness.
    * hacer más copias de Algo = produce + additional copies.
    * hacer más eficiente = streamline.
    * hacer más estricto = tighten.
    * hacer más fuerte = toughen.
    * hacer más inteligente = smarten.
    * hacer más interesante = spice up, add + spice.
    * hacer más preciso = tightening up.
    * hacer más rico = add + richness to.
    * hacer más riguroso = tighten, tightening up.
    * hacer más sabroso = pep up.
    * hacer más sofisticado = dumb up.
    * hacer mejor = give + Nombre + an edge.
    * hacer mejoras = make + improvements.
    * hacer mella = take + Posesivo + toll (on), leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression, hit + home.
    * hacer mella en = dent, make + a dent in, take + a bite out of.
    * hacer mención de/a = make + mention of.
    * hacer mezcla = mix + cement.
    * hacer milagros = work + wonders, work + miracles.
    * hacer mucha ilusión = be thrilled.
    * hacer mucho = do + much.
    * hacer mucho dinero = make + good money, earn + good money.
    * hacer mucho por = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio.
    * hacer muchos aspavientos por Algo = make + a song and dance about.
    * hacer mucho tiempo que Algo ha desaparecido = be long gone.
    * hacer necesario = render + necessary.
    * hacer negocio = make + business.
    * hacer negocios = do + business, transact.
    * hacer + Nombre + llegar hasta aquí = get + Nombre + this far.
    * hacer + Nombre + responsable de = put + Nombre + in the driving seat.
    * hacer notar = bring to + Posesivo + attention, bring to + the attention, mark, note, bring to + notice, bring + attention to, bring to + Posesivo + notice.
    * hacer notar la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence felt, make + Posesivo + presence known.
    * hacer novillos = play + hooky, skip + class, play + truant, bunk off, bunk + classes, skive, bunk + school.
    * hacer nudos = knot.
    * hacer objeciones contra = urge against.
    * hacer observaciones = comment on/upon.
    * hacer obsoleto = make + redundant.
    * hacer oídos sordos = turn + a deaf ear to.
    * hacer ordinario = coarsen.
    * hacer pagar tributos = exact + tributes.
    * hacer palmas = clap.
    * hacer paradas = make + stops.
    * hacer parecer = make + seem, make + Nombre + out to be.
    * hacer parecer pequeño = dwarf.
    * hacer partícipe = engage.
    * hacer pasajero = render + transitory.
    * hacer patochadas = fool around.
    * hacer payasadas = fool around.
    * hacer pedazos = shatter, smash + Nombre + to bits.
    * hacer peligrar = place + in jeopardy, imperil, endanger, pose + risk.
    * hacer pensar = provoke + thought, make to + think, lull + Nombre + into thinking, summon up + image.
    * hacer pensar en = conjure, conjure up + a picture of, bring to + mind, conjure up + an image of, conjure up, conjure up + a vision of.
    * hacer pequeños ajustes = tinker + around the edges, tinker with.
    * hacer perder el conocimiento = knock + Nombre + out, knock + Nombre + unconscious.
    * hacer perder el entusiasmo = dampen + Posesivo + enthusiasm.
    * hacer perder el sentido a = make + nonsense of.
    * hacer perder la agilidad física = stale.
    * hacer perder la agilidad mental = stale.
    * hacer perder las esperanzas = dampen + Posesivo + hopes.
    * hacer permanente = render + permanent.
    * hacer ping = ping.
    * hacer pipí = pee.
    * hacer pis = piss, pee, take + a leak, have + a leak, widdle, piddle.
    * hacer planes = plan, make + plans.
    * hacer poca distinción entre... y... = make + little distinction between... and....
    * hacer poco = do + little.
    * hacer popular = popularise [popularize, -USA].
    * hacer por encargo = make to + order.
    * hacer + Posesivo + agosto = make + a killing.
    * hacer + Posesivo + necesidades = relieve + Reflexivo, go + potty.
    * hacer + Posesivo + trabajo = get on with + Posesivo + work, do + Posesivo + business.
    * hacer posible = enable, provide for, make + possible, provide + a basis for, make + an opportunity.
    * hacer posible el crecimiento = accommodate + growth.
    * hacer preguntas = ask + questions, interrogate, air + questions, make + enquiry.
    * hacer preparativo = make + arrangements.
    * hacer preso = imprison, jail [gaol, -UK].
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) ( crear) <mueble/vestido> to make; <casa/carretera> to build; < nido> to build, make; < coche> to make, manufacture; < túnel> to make, dig; <dibujo/plano> to do, draw; < lista> to make, draw up; < resumen> to do, make; < película> to make; <nudo/lazo> to tie; <pan/pastel> to make, bake; <vino/café/tortilla> to make; < cerveza> to make, brew

    me hizo un lugar or sitio en la mesa — he made room o a place for me at the table

    2)
    a) (efectuar, llevar a cabo) < sacrificio> to make; < milagro> to work, perform; <deberes/ejercicios/limpieza> to do; < mandado> to run; <transacción/investigación> to carry out; < experimento> to do, perform; < entrevista> to conduct; <gira/viaje> to do

    ¿me haces un favor? — will you do me a favor?

    hicimos un trato — we did o made a deal

    b) <cheque/factura> to make out, write out
    3) (formular, expresar) <declaración/promesa/oferta> to make; <proyecto/plan> to make, draw up; <crítica/comentario> to make, voice; < pregunta> to ask

    hacer caca — (fam) to do a poop (AmE) o (BrE) a pooh (colloq)

    hacer pis or pipí — (fam) to have a pee (colloq)

    hacer sus necesidades — (euf) to go to the bathroom o toilet (euph)

    5) ( adquirir) <dinero/fortuna> to make; < amigo> to make
    6) (preparar, arreglar) < cama> to make; < maleta> to pack

    hice el pescado al horno — I did o cooked the fish in the oven

    tengo que hacer la comida — I must make lunch; ver tb comida 2) b)

    7)
    a) (producir, causar) < ruido> to make

    las vacas hacen `mu' — cows go `moo'

    8) ( recorrer) <trayecto/distancia> to do, cover
    9) (en cálculos, enumeraciones)

    son 180... y 320 hacen 500 — that's 180... and 320 is o makes 500

    10)

    hacen una obra de Ibsen — they're doing o putting on a play by Ibsen

    deberías hacer ejercicio — you should do o get some exercise

    ¿hace algún deporte? — do you play o do any sports?

    b) (como profesión, ocupación) to do
    c) ( estudiar) to do

    hace Derecho — she's doing o studying o reading Law

    11)
    a) (realizar cierta acción, actuar de cierta manera) to do

    niño, eso no se hace! — you mustn't do that!

    qué se le va a hacer! or qué le vamos a hacer! — what can you o (frml) one do?

    hacerla — (Méx) (fam) to make it (colloq)

    hacerla (buena) — (fam)

    ahora sí que la hice! — now I've (really) done it!

    hacérsela buena a alguien — (Méx) to keep one's word o promise to somebody

    soñé que te sacabas la lotería - házmela buena! — I dreamed you won the lottery - if only!

    b) (dar cierto uso, destino, posición) to do

    y el libro ¿qué lo hice? — (CS, Méx fam) what did I do with the book?

    12) (esp Esp) ( actuar como)

    hacer el tonto — to act o play the fool

    voy a escribirle - deja, yo lo haré — I'm going to write to him - don't bother, I'll do it

    14) (Méx, RPl fam) (afectar, importar)

    ¿qué le hace? — so what? what does it matter?

    15) (transformar en, volver) to make

    te hará hombre, hijo mío — it will make a man of you, my son

    17) (inducir a, ser causa de que)

    hacer algo/a alguien + inf — to make something/somebody + inf

    todo hace suponer que... — everything suggests that o leads one to think that...

    hacer que algo/alguien + subj — to make something/somebody + inf

    18) ( obligar a)

    hacer + inf a alguien — to make somebody + inf

    hacer que alguien + subj — to make somebody + inf

    19)

    hacer hacer algo — to have o get something done/made

    hice acortar las cortinas — I had o got the curtains shortened

    20) (suponer, imaginar)
    2.
    hacer vi
    1)
    a) (obrar, actuar)

    ¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? — what do you have to do to get the scholarship?

    ¿cómo hacen para vivir con ese sueldo? — how do they manage to live on that salary?

    hacerle a algo — (Chi, Méx fam)

    hacer y deshacer — to do as one pleases, do what one likes

    b) (+ compl)

    hiciste bien en decírmelo — you did o were right to tell me

    mamá, ya hice! — (esp AmL) Mommy, I've been o I've finished!

    hacer de cuerpo or de vientre — (frml) to have a bowel movement (frml)

    3) (fingir, simular)

    hizo como que no me había visto — he made out o pretended he hadn't seen me

    haz como si no supieras nada — act as if o pretend you don't know anything about it

    4) ( servir)

    hacer de algo: esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning; la escuela hizo de hospital — the school served as o was used as a hospital

    hacer de algo/alguien — to play (the part of) something/somebody

    hacía de `malo' — he played the bad guy

    6) (+ compl) ( sentar) (+ me/te/le etc)

    la trucha me hizo mal — (AmL) the trout didn't agree with me

    8)

    no le hace — ( no tiene importancia) it doesn't matter; ( no sirve de excusa) that's no excuse

    ¿no le hace que tire la ceniza aquí? — do you mind if I drop the ash here?

    9) (en 3a pers) (frml) (tocar, concernir)

    por lo que hace a or en cuanto hace a su solicitud — as far as your application is concerned

    10) (Esp fam) ( apetecer)

    ¿(te) hace una cerveza? — care for a beer?, do you fancy a beer? (BrE colloq)

    3.
    hacer v impers
    1)

    hace frío/calor/sol/viento — it's cold/hot/sunny/windy

    b) (fam & hum)

    hace sed ¿verdad? — it's thirsty weather/work, isn't it?

    parece que hace hambre — you/they seem to be hungry

    ¿cuánto hace que se fue? — how long ago did she leave?

    hace poco/un año — a short time/a year ago

    4.
    1) hacerse v pron

    hágase la luz — (Bib) let there be light; (+ me/te/le etc)

    se le ha hecho una ampolla — she's got o she has a blister

    por fin se le hizo ganar el premio — she finally got to win the award

    3)
    a) (refl) ( hacer para sí) <café/falda> to make oneself
    b) (caus) ( hacer que otro haga)
    4) ( causarse)

    ¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? — what did you do to your arm?

    ¿te hiciste daño? — did you hurt yourself?

    todavía se hace pis/caca — (fam) she still wets/messes herself

    6) (refl) ( adquirir) to make
    7)
    a) (volverse, convertirse en) to become

    hacerse famoso/monja — to become famous/a nun

    se está haciendo tarde — it's getting late; (+ me/te/le etc)

    c) ( cocinarse) pescado/guiso to cook
    d) (AmL) ( pasarle a)

    ¿qué se habrá hecho María? — what can have happened to María?

    8) ( resultar)

    esto se hace muy pesado — this gets very boring; (+ me/te/le etc)

    9) ( dar impresión de) (+ me/te/le etc)

    se me hace que está ofendida — I get the feeling o impression that she's upset

    se me hace que va a llover — I think o I have a feeling it's going to rain

    hacérsele a alguien — (Chi fam) to back out

    10) (caus)

    hacerse + inf: hazte respetar make people respect you; el desenlace no se hizo esperar the end was not long in coming; un chico que se hace querer a likable kid; se hizo construir una mansión he had a mansion built; hazte ver por un médico — (AmL) go and see a doctor

    hacerse a algo/+ inf — to get used to something/-ing

    12) ( fingirse)

    ¿éste es bobo o se (lo) hace? — (fam) is this guy stupid or just a good actor? (colloq)

    no te hagas el sordo — don't pretend o act as if you didn't hear me

    yo me hice — (Méx fam) I pretend not to notice

    13) ( moverse) (+ compl) to move

    hacerse atrás/a un lado — to move back/to one side

    15) hacerse de (AmL)

    tengo que hacerme de dinero — I must get o lay my hands on some money

    * * *
    = accomplish, design (for/to), be up to, cause, conduct, do, devise, produce, render, compose, make, get (a)round to, make out, get round to, brew.

    Ex: If a library prefers to simplify records in particular areas, this can usually be accomplished by not entering particular types of information.

    Ex: In lists designed for international use a symbolic notation instead of textual notes may be used.
    Ex: When I saw what he was up to, I drew back for a punch and hit him so hard on the nose that he fell on his back and lay there for some time, so that his wife stood over him and cried out 'Mercy! You've done my husband in!'.
    Ex: As usage of the language causes terms to become anachronistic, or as increases in our level of awareness reveal undesirable connotations, we seek to change subject heading terms.
    Ex: Obviously, this tagging must be conducted manually.
    Ex: In all these cases where scientists studied what crafstmen knew how to do the resulting benefits have accrued to science not to technology.
    Ex: Special classification schemes are generally devised for an application in which no major general scheme is suitable.
    Ex: The present OCLC system does not produce catalog cards in sets, but if it did it could produce over 6,000 different sets for one title.
    Ex: So strongly was it felt by proponents of change that just such unconscious biases rendered libraries 'part of the problem, instead of the solution'.
    Ex: There have never been any attempts to compose a bibliography of US government documents relating to international law.
    Ex: This concept comes mainly from the military, where a designated number of troops make a squad, a platoon, a regiment, etc..
    Ex: The article is entitled 'A list of lists of Web sites to check out: getting organized and getting around to it are two different things'.
    Ex: The cards for those headings should be removed from the index and new cards made out if necessary.
    Ex: The government have been making noises about it for some time but haven't quite got round to it.
    Ex: The goddess owned a potent magick cauldron in which she planned to brew a special liquid for her ugly son.
    * acceder haciendo clic = click.
    * acusación + hacer = accusation + level.
    * aguja de hacer croché = crochet hook, crochet needle.
    * aguja de hacer ganchillo = crochet hook, crochet needle.
    * aguja de hacer punto = knitting needle.
    * algo diverto que hacer = fun thing to do.
    * Algo que se hace para matar el tiempo = time filler.
    * al hacer esto = by so doing, in so doing, by doing so, in doing so.
    * a medio hacer = halfway done, half done.
    * anunciado desde hace tiempo = long-heralded.
    * aprender haciendo = learn by + doing.
    * batir hasta hacer espuma = work up + a lather.
    * ¡bien hecho! = the way to go!.
    * buscar una forma de hacer (algo) = develop + way + to make + Nombre.
    * contenedor para hacer compost = compost bin.
    * continuar con el buen hacer = keep up + the good work, keep up + the great work.
    * continuar haciendo algo = get on with + Nombre.
    * cuando hace frío = in the cold.
    * cumplido hace tiempo = long overdue.
    * decidir hacer = spring for.
    * decidir qué hacer con = make + disposition of.
    * de hace años = of years ago.
    * de hace muchos años = long-standing.
    * de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-lost.
    * de hace siglos = of yore.
    * de hace varios siglos = centuries-old.
    * dejar de hacer huelga = cross + the picket line.
    * dejar que Alguien haga las cosas a su manera = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.
    * dejar sin hacer = leave + undone.
    * desde hace algún tiempo = for some time past, for days.
    * desde hace años = over the years, for years past, for years.
    * desde hace la tira (de tiempo) = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.
    * desde hace muchísimo tiempo = in ages (and ages and ages).
    * desde hace muchos años = for years.
    * desde hace mucho tiempo = for ages, long-time [longtime], long since, in ages (and ages and ages).
    * desde hace siglos = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.
    * desde hace tanto tiempo = so long.
    * desde hace tiempo = long [longer -comp., longest -sup.], over the years, for a long time, long since, for some time.
    * desde hace un montonazo de tiempo = for yonks and yonks.
    * desde hace un montón de tiempo = for yonks.
    * desde hace un par de + Tiempo = in these past couple of + Tiempo.
    * desde hace varios años + Presente = for several years + Pretérito Perfecto.
    * desde hace ya algún tiempo = for some time now.
    * desde hace ya años = for years now.
    * difícil de hacer = hard to do.
    * donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).
    * dos entuertos no hacen un derecho = two wrongs do not make a right.
    * el que las hace, las paga = you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.
    * encargado de hacer el presupuesto = budgetmaker.
    * esfuerzo + hacer sudar = work up + a lather.
    * es más fácil decirlo que hacerlo = easier said than done.
    * esperado hace tiempo = overdue.
    * esperar sin nada que hacer = kick + Posesivo + heels.
    * establecido desde hace tiempo = long-established.
    * estar haciendo = be up to.
    * estar haciendo Algo = have + Nombre + on the go.
    * estar haciendo algo que no se debe = be up to no good.
    * estar sin hacer nada = sit + idle, stand + idle.
    * existir desde hace años = be around for years.
    * frotar hasta hacer espuma = lather.
    * hace algunos años = some years ago.
    * hace algún tiempo = some time ago, a while back, some while ago, sometime back.
    * hace años = years ago.
    * hace demasiado tiempo = too long ago.
    * hacer huir en batalla = route.
    * hace la tira (de tiempo) = yonks, yonks and yonks.
    * hace miles de años = aeons ago.
    * hace muchas lunas = all those many moons ago, many moons ago.
    * hace muchísimos años = a great many years ago.
    * hace muchísimo tiempo = ages (and ages) ago, aeons ago, yonks.
    * hace muchos años = many years ago.
    * hace mucho tiempo = long since, all those many moons ago, many moons ago.
    * hace muy poco tiempo = a short time ago.
    * hace + Número + años = Número + years ago.
    * hace poco tiempo = a short time ago.
    * hacer a Alguien pasar vergüenza = embarrass.
    * hacer a Alguien precavido = put + Nombre + on + Posesivo + guard.
    * hacer abono orgánico = compost.
    * hacer acampada = camp.
    * hacer accesible a través de = make + available through.
    * hacer ademanes = flail about, gesticulate.
    * hacer aflorar = bring to + the surface.
    * hacer aflorar sentimientos de antagonismo = bring to + the surface + feelings of antagonism.
    * hacer ágil = limber up.
    * hacer agua = Negativo + hold + water.
    * hacer agua(s) = spring + a leak.
    * hacer a gusto del consumidor = make to + order.
    * hacer ajustes = make + adjustment.
    * hacer alarde de = boast, flaunt, brag, show off.
    * hacer alegaciones = plead.
    * hacer Algo a hurtadillas = sneak.
    * hacer algo alocado = do + something footloose and fancy-free.
    * hacer algo al respecto = do + something about it.
    * hacer Algo con dificultad = muddle through, plod (along/through).
    * hacer Algo con mucho esfuerzo = plod (along/through).
    * hacer algo con respecto a = do + something about.
    * hacer Algo de cara a la galería = play to + the gallery.
    * hacer Algo en exceso = push + Nombre + too far.
    * hacer algo funcionar = make + Nombre + tick.
    * hacer Algo muy bien = do + an excellent job of, make + an excellent job of.
    * hacer Algo para la galería = play to + the gallery.
    * hacer algo poco a poco = eat away at.
    * hacer algo por amor al arte = labour of love.
    * hacer Algo por + Posesivo + propia cuenta = make + Posesivo + own arrangements.
    * hacer Algo posible = make + provision for.
    * hacer Algo puré = mash.
    * hacer Algo rápidamente = put together.
    * hacer Algo realidad = make + Nombre + come true.
    * hacer Algo sin ser visto = sneak.
    * hacer Algo sobre la marcha = play + Nombre + by ear.
    * hacer Algo trocitos = tear + Nombre + to shreds, tear + Nombre + to bits.
    * hacer algunos comentarios sobre lo que Alguien ha dicho = take + a few cracks at.
    * hacer alusión a = make + allusion to, make + reference to.
    * hacer a mano = handcraft.
    * hacer a medida = custom-make, make to + order.
    * hacer a medida para satisfacer los requisitos = tailor to + meet the specification.
    * hacer amigos = win + friends.
    * hacer amistad = make + friend.
    * hacer amistad con = make + friends with, befriend.
    * hacer amistades = friend.
    * hacer ampollas = blister.
    * hacer anotaciones = annotate, mark + Nombre + up.
    * hacer añicos = shatter, blow + Nombre + to bits, smash + Nombre + to bits, tear + Nombre + to bits.
    * hacer aparecer = cause + display of.
    * hacer a partir de = make out of.
    * hacer apología = make + apology.
    * hacer arreglos florales = arrange + flowers.
    * hacer artesanalmente = handcraft.
    * hacer asequible = make + amenable.
    * hacer atractivo = endear.
    * hacer a un lado = nudge + Nombre + aside, push aside.
    * hacer autostop = thumb + a lift, hitch + a ride.
    * hacer avances = make + headway.
    * hacer avanzar = nudge + Nombre + forward, push + the frontiers of, nudge + Nombre + along, nudge + Nombre + into, push + the boundaries of.
    * hacer avanzar el conocimiento = push back + the frontiers of knowledge.
    * hacer avanzar hacia = nudge + Nombre + toward.
    * hacer averiguaciones = make + enquiry.
    * hacer bajar = force down.
    * hacer balance de = take + stock of.
    * hacer barrabasadas = play + pranks.
    * hacer basto = coarsen.
    * hacer bien = do + good.
    * hacer borrón y cuenta nueva = start with + a clean slate, cut + Posesivo + losses, turn over + a new leaf.
    * hacer borroso = blur.
    * hacer bromas = banter.
    * hacer bucles = loop.
    * hacer buenas migas = hit it off.
    * hacer buen uso de Algo = put to + good use.
    * hacer bulla = kick up + a stink, kick up + a fuss, raise + a stink, make + a stink (about), make + a racket, make + a row, make + a ruckus, kick up + a row.
    * hacer bulto = bulge.
    * hacer búsquedas en = search through.
    * hacer caca = take + a dump.
    * hacer caer = oust.
    * hacer caja = tally up + sales, balance + the cash, reconcile (with), balance + the cash drawer.
    * hacer caja con = cash in on, ride (on) + Posesivo + coattails.
    * hacer callar = shush, hush, quieten.
    * hacer cambiar = swing + Persona.
    * hacer cambiar las cosas = turn + the tide on.
    * hacer cambios en la búsqueda = renegotiate + search.
    * hacer cambios indebidamente = tamper (with).
    * hacer campaña = campaign, stump, go out on + the road.
    * hacer cara a = brave.
    * hacer caso = take + notice, listen (to).
    * hacer caso a Alguien = take + Posesivo + word for it.
    * hacer caso (a/de) = pay + attention to.
    * hacer caso omiso = disregard, brush aside, go + unheeded, fall on + deaf ears, meet + deaf ears, thumb + Posesivo + nose at, dismiss with + the wave of the hand, fly in + the face of, push aside.
    * hacer caso omiso de = be oblivious of/to.
    * hacer chanchullos = fiddle.
    * hacer chatting = chat.
    * hacer circular = pass around.
    * hacer circular por = circulate round.
    * hacer cisco = tear + apart, wipe + the floor with.
    * hacer coincidir (con) = reconcile (with).
    * hacer cola = queue up.
    * hacer colectas = exact + contributions.
    * hacer comentarios = air + comments.
    * hacer como el avestruz = bury + Posesivo + head in the sand (like an ostrich), stick + Posesivo + head in the sand.
    * hacer como si nada = play it + cool.
    * hacer comparaciones = draw + comparisons, make + comparisons.
    * hacer comparecer = arraign.
    * hacer compatible (con) = reconcile (with).
    * hacer compost = compost.
    * hacer compras = do + shopping.
    * hacer comprender = bring + home.
    * hacer con Alguien lo que Uno quiera = be like putty in + Posesivo + hands.
    * hacer concesiones = make + allowances.
    * hacer conjeturas = speculate.
    * hacer constar = state.
    * hacer contrabando = smuggle.
    * hacer copias = make + multiple copies.
    * hacer copias mediante multicopista por disolvente = spirit duplication.
    * hacer correr la voz = spread + the word, spread + the good word, pass on + the good word, spread + the news.
    * hacer cosas = get + things done.
    * hacer cosquillas = tickle.
    * hacer creer = lead to + believe, lull + Nombre + into thinking.
    * hacer crítica = find + fault with.
    * hacer croché = crochet.
    * hacer cuadrar (con) = reconcile (with).
    * hacer cuadrar las cuentas = reconcile + receipts.
    * hacer cuadras las facturas = reconcile + receipts.
    * hacer cualquier cosa = do + anything, give + Posesivo + right arm.
    * hacer cumplir = uphold.
    * hacer cumplir la disciplina = enforce + discipline.
    * hacer cumplir la legislación = enforce + legislation.
    * hacer cumplir la ley = law enforcement, enforce + law, legal enforcement.
    * hacer cumplir una norma = enforce + standard.
    * hacer cumplir una política = uphold + policy.
    * hacer cumplir unas normas = enforce + policy.
    * hacer daño = do + harm, hurt.
    * hacer dar vueltas = gyrate.
    * hacer de = make out of.
    * hacer de carabina = play + gooseberry.
    * hacer declamaciones = declaim.
    * hacer dedo = hitch + a ride, thumb + a lift.
    * hacer de la noche día = burn + the candle at both ends.
    * hacer del mismo molde = cast in + the same mould as.
    * hacer de nuevo = redo [re-do], remake.
    * hacer de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + bit.
    * hacer derretir el hielo = de-ice [deice].
    * hacer desaparecer = eradicate, dispel, banish.
    * hacer desaparecer una división = blur + division.
    * hacer desaparecer un mito = dispel + myth.
    * hacer descuento = discount.
    * hacer desfilar = parade.
    * hacer detonar = detonate.
    * hacer de tripas corazón = bite + the bullet.
    * hacer diabluras = play + pranks.
    * hacer diana = hit + home.
    * hacer difícil = make + it + difficult, make + difficult.
    * hacer dinero = make + money.
    * hacer dudar = make + Nombre + doubt, misgive.
    * hacer eco = echo, resonate.
    * hacer eco de = echo.
    * hacer efectivo = cash in.
    * hacer efectivo en metálico = pay in + cash.
    * hacer ejercicio físico = work out.
    * hacer ejercicios de calentamiento = limber up.
    * hacer el aire irrespirable = choke + the air.
    * hacer el amor = make + love.
    * hacer el avío = get + ready.
    * hacer el balance de cuentas = balance + the cash, balance + the cash drawer.
    * hacer el cambio = make + the change.
    * hacer el chorra = pissing into the wind.
    * hacer el deber de Uno = do + Posesivo + part.
    * hacer el dobladillo = hem.
    * hacer elección = make + choices.
    * hacer el esfuerzo necesario = pull + Posesivo + (own) weight.
    * hacer el indio = horse around/about.
    * hacer el intento = have + a go, give + it a shot, give + Nombre + a try, have + a stab at, take + a stab at, make + a stab at, give + it a whirl, give + it a try.
    * hacer el mal = do + evil.
    * hacer el mejor uso de = make + the best of.
    * hacer el monigote = fool around.
    * hacer el paripé = keep up + facade, put on + an act.
    * hacer el pasillo = form + a guard of honour.
    * hacer el pasillo de honor = form + a guard of honour.
    * hacer el recorrido normal = make + the rounds.
    * hacer el ridículo = make + a fool of + Reflexivo, make + an arse of + Reflexivo, make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.
    * hacer el testamento = testate.
    * hacer el tonto = fool around, horse around/about.
    * hacer el último esfuerzo = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.
    * hacer encaje = tat.
    * hacer encaje de bolillos = do + the impossible, jump through + hoops, double over + backwards.
    * hacer encaje de bolillos para que cuadre Algo = juggle.
    * hacer encargos = run + errands.
    * hacer enemigos = make + enemies.
    * hacer entender = get across.
    * hacer erupción = erupt.
    * hacer escala = stop over.
    * hacer eses = zigzag.
    * hacer esperar = cool + Posesivo + heels.
    * hacer espuma = work up + a lather, froth.
    * hacer esquina con = form + right angles with.
    * hacer estallar = spark, ignite, touch off, blow up, let off.
    * hacer estallar en añicos = blow + sky high.
    * hacer estallar una bomba = bomb.
    * hacer estallar un guerra = ignite + war.
    * hacer esto = go along + this road.
    * hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess about, pootle, piddle around.
    * hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess around.
    * hacer esto y aquello sin prisas = pootle.
    * hacer estragos = lay + waste to, create + havoc, wreak + havoc, cause + havoc, take + Posesivo + toll (on).
    * hacer estragos en = play + havoc with.
    * hacer estrías = rifle.
    * hacer exenciones = make + exemptions.
    * hacer experimentos = institute + experiments.
    * hacer explícito = make + explicit.
    * hacer explotar = blow up.
    * hacer extensivo + Posesivo + agradecimiento = extend + Posesivo + thanks.
    * hacer factible = make + feasible.
    * hacer falta = need, must, have to, it + take.
    * hacer flexible = limber up.
    * hacer fortuna = make + Posesivo + fortune, make + a fortune, strike + it rich, strike + gold, hit + the jackpot.
    * hacer fotocopias = photoduplication [photo-duplication].
    * hacer fotografía = make + picture.
    * hacer fracasar = foil, derail.
    * hacer frente = combat, come to + terms with, contain, address + Nombre + head-on, meet + Nombre + head-on, tackle + Nombre + head-on, face + Nombre + head-on, engage.
    * hacer frente a = confront, deal with, face, face up to, meet, cope with, wrestle with, stand up to, brave, breast, address.
    * hacer frente a deudas = meet + debts.
    * hacer frente a gastos = meet + expenses.
    * hacer frente a la delincuencia = tackle + crime.
    * hacer frente a la inflación = combat + inflation.
    * hacer frente a la realidad = confront + reality, face + (the) facts, face + (up to) the fact that, face + reality.
    * hacer frente a la realidad (de que) = face + the truth (that).
    * hacer frente a las diferencias = face + differences.
    * hacer frente a la situación = tackle + situation.
    * hacer frente a la vida = cope.
    * hacer frente al cambio = manage + change.
    * hacer frente al futuro = face up to + the future.
    * hacer frente al hecho de que = face + (up to) the fact that.
    * hacer frente a los elementos = brave + the elements.
    * hacer frente a los hechos = face + facts.
    * hacer frente a tiempos difíciles = cope with + difficult times, cope with + difficult times.
    * hacer frente a una amenaza = address + threat.
    * hacer frente a una crisis = face + crisis, meet + crisis.
    * hacer frente a una incertidumbre = meet + uncertainty.
    * hacer frente a una necesidad = meet + need, serve + need.
    * hacer frente a una responsabilidad = meet + responsibility, face up to + responsibility.
    * hacer frente a un cambio = meet + change.
    * hacer frente a un gasto = meet + cost.
    * hacer frente a un problema = attack + problem, combat + problem, wrestle with + problem.
    * hacer frente a un reto = rise (up) to + challenge, confront + challenge, meet + challenge, embrace + challenge.
    * hacer fresco = be cool.
    * hacer funcionar = service, do + the trick.
    * hacer gala de = sport.
    * hacer gala del conocimiento que uno tiene = air + knowledge.
    * hacer ganchillo = crochet.
    * hacer garabatos = scribble, scrawl, doodle.
    * hacer girar = twiddle, twirl.
    * hacer gozar = delight.
    * hacer gracia = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.
    * hacer grandes esfuerzos por = take + (great) pains to.
    * hacer grandes progresos = make + great strides.
    * hacer guardar silencio = shush.
    * hacer hasta la presente = do + all along.
    * hacer hidrófugo = render + water-repellent.
    * hacer hincapié = emphasise [emphasize, -USA].
    * hacer hincapié en = put + a premium on.
    * hacer hincapié en una idea = hammer + point.
    * hacer historia = make + history, history in the making, go down in + history.
    * hacer honor al nombre de Uno = live up to + Posesivo + name.
    * hacer horas extraordinarias = work + overtime.
    * hacer horas extras = work + overtime.
    * hacer hueco = make + room (for).
    * hacer huelga = strike.
    * hacer huella = leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression.
    * hacer huir = drive away, chase + Nombre + off.
    * hacer imaginar = conjure up + an image of, conjure up + a vision of.
    * hacer impermeable = render + water-repellent.
    * hacer inalterable = set in + stone, set in + tablets of stone.
    * hacer incomprensible = render + incomprehensible, garble.
    * hacer indescifrable = render + indecipherable, garble.
    * hacer innecesario = obviate + the need for, make + redundant.
    * hacer insinuaciones = make + innuendoes.
    * hacer insinuaciones sobre = make + noises about, make + a noise about.
    * hacer insoluble = render + insoluble.
    * hacer inutilizable = render + useless.
    * hacer juego con = go with.
    * hacer juegos malabares = juggle.
    * hacer juegos malabares para que cuadre Algo = juggle.
    * hacer justicia = do + justice.
    * hacer la cama = make + the bed.
    * hacer la cuenta = tot up, tote up.
    * hacer la guerra = make + war.
    * hacer (la) mona = play + hooky, play + truant, skip + class.
    * hacer la paz = make + (the) peace.
    * hacer la pelota = butter + Nombre + up, toady, fawn (on/upon/over).
    * hacer la pelota a + Alguien = curry + favour with + Alguien.
    * hacer la pelotilla = toady, butter + Nombre + up.
    * hacer la prueba = give + it a whirl, give + it a shot, give + it a try.
    * hacer largos = swim + laps.
    * hacer las leyes más estrictas = tighten + laws.
    * hacer las maletas = pack up, pack + Posesivo + belongings, pack + Posesivo + things, pack + Posesivo + suitcases, pack + Posesivo + bags.
    * hacer las paces = heal + the breach, heal + the rift, bury + the hatchet, make + (the) peace, smoke + the peace pipe, smoke + the pipe of peace, bury + the tomahawk, bury + the war axe.
    * hacer la transición = make + the transition.
    * hacer la vida imposible = make + life hell.
    * hacer la vista gorda = look + the other way, turn + a blind eye to, pretend + not to have seen.
    * hacerle a Alguien un lavado de cerebro = brainwash.
    * hacerle las cosas fáciles a Alguien = play into + the hands of.
    * hacerle la vida más simple a todos = simplify + life for everyone.
    * hacerle una paja a un muerto = flog + a dead horse, beat + a dead horse, fart + in the wind.
    * hacerle un bombo a Alguien = knock + Alguien + up.
    * hacer llamada telefónica = make + telephone call.
    * hacer llorar = reduce + Nombre + to tears.
    * hacer llorar de emoción = move + Nombre + to tears.
    * hacerlo = do so, go ahead.
    * hacerlo bien = put + matters + right, get + it + right, be right on track.
    * hacer lo correcto = do + the right thing.
    * hacerlo de nuevo = go and do it again.
    * hacerlo difícil de + Infinitivo = make + it + hard to + Infinitivo.
    * hacer lo imposible = bend over backwards, do + the impossible, lean over + backwards, double over + backwards.
    * hacer lo imposible para = jump through + hoops.
    * hacerlo lo mejor que uno pueda = do + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + best.
    * hacerlo mal = get + it + (all) wrong.
    * hacer lo más acertado dadas las circunstancias = do + the best thing in the circumstances.
    * hacerlo más llevadero = make + life easier.
    * hacerlo mejor = do + a better job.
    * hacer lo mejor que Uno pueda = put + Posesivo + best into, give of + Posesivo + best.
    * hacer lo mejor que Uno puede = try + Posesivo + best, try + Posesivo + heart out.
    * hacerlo por uno mismo = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.
    * hacer lo que a Uno le de la gana = get away with + murder.
    * hacer lo que le corresponde a Uno = do + Posesivo + part.
    * hacer lo que uno dice que es capaz de hacer = live up to + Posesivo + claim.
    * hacer lo que Uno quiera = get away with + murder.
    * hacer los deberes = do + homework.
    * hacerlo sin la ayuda de nadie = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.
    * hacerlo solo = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.
    * hacer los primeros pinitos = take + the first step.
    * hacerlo todo excepto = stop at + nothing short of.
    * hacerlo todo menos = stop at + nothing short of.
    * hacer malabarismos = juggle.
    * hacer malabarismos para que cuadre Algo = juggle.
    * hacer mandados = run + errands.
    * hacer maravillas = work + wonders.
    * hacer más consciente de Algo = heighten + awareness.
    * hacer más copias de Algo = produce + additional copies.
    * hacer más eficiente = streamline.
    * hacer más estricto = tighten.
    * hacer más fuerte = toughen.
    * hacer más inteligente = smarten.
    * hacer más interesante = spice up, add + spice.
    * hacer más preciso = tightening up.
    * hacer más rico = add + richness to.
    * hacer más riguroso = tighten, tightening up.
    * hacer más sabroso = pep up.
    * hacer más sofisticado = dumb up.
    * hacer mejor = give + Nombre + an edge.
    * hacer mejoras = make + improvements.
    * hacer mella = take + Posesivo + toll (on), leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression, hit + home.
    * hacer mella en = dent, make + a dent in, take + a bite out of.
    * hacer mención de/a = make + mention of.
    * hacer mezcla = mix + cement.
    * hacer milagros = work + wonders, work + miracles.
    * hacer mucha ilusión = be thrilled.
    * hacer mucho = do + much.
    * hacer mucho dinero = make + good money, earn + good money.
    * hacer mucho por = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio.
    * hacer muchos aspavientos por Algo = make + a song and dance about.
    * hacer mucho tiempo que Algo ha desaparecido = be long gone.
    * hacer necesario = render + necessary.
    * hacer negocio = make + business.
    * hacer negocios = do + business, transact.
    * hacer + Nombre + llegar hasta aquí = get + Nombre + this far.
    * hacer + Nombre + responsable de = put + Nombre + in the driving seat.
    * hacer notar = bring to + Posesivo + attention, bring to + the attention, mark, note, bring to + notice, bring + attention to, bring to + Posesivo + notice.
    * hacer notar la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence felt, make + Posesivo + presence known.
    * hacer novillos = play + hooky, skip + class, play + truant, bunk off, bunk + classes, skive, bunk + school.
    * hacer nudos = knot.
    * hacer objeciones contra = urge against.
    * hacer observaciones = comment on/upon.
    * hacer obsoleto = make + redundant.
    * hacer oídos sordos = turn + a deaf ear to.
    * hacer ordinario = coarsen.
    * hacer pagar tributos = exact + tributes.
    * hacer palmas = clap.
    * hacer paradas = make + stops.
    * hacer parecer = make + seem, make + Nombre + out to be.
    * hacer parecer pequeño = dwarf.
    * hacer partícipe = engage.
    * hacer pasajero = render + transitory.
    * hacer patochadas = fool around.
    * hacer payasadas = fool around.
    * hacer pedazos = shatter, smash + Nombre + to bits.
    * hacer peligrar = place + in jeopardy, imperil, endanger, pose + risk.
    * hacer pensar = provoke + thought, make to + think, lull + Nombre + into thinking, summon up + image.
    * hacer pensar en = conjure, conjure up + a picture of, bring to + mind, conjure up + an image of, conjure up, conjure up + a vision of.
    * hacer pequeños ajustes = tinker + around the edges, tinker with.
    * hacer perder el conocimiento = knock + Nombre + out, knock + Nombre + unconscious.
    * hacer perder el entusiasmo = dampen + Posesivo + enthusiasm.
    * hacer perder el sentido a = make + nonsense of.
    * hacer perder la agilidad física = stale.
    * hacer perder la agilidad mental = stale.
    * hacer perder las esperanzas = dampen + Posesivo + hopes.
    * hacer permanente = render + permanent.
    * hacer ping = ping.
    * hacer pipí = pee.
    * hacer pis = piss, pee, take + a leak, have + a leak, widdle, piddle.
    * hacer planes = plan, make + plans.
    * hacer poca distinción entre... y... = make + little distinction between... and....
    * hacer poco = do + little.
    * hacer popular = popularise [popularize, -USA].
    * hacer por encargo = make to + order.
    * hacer + Posesivo + agosto = make + a killing.
    * hacer + Posesivo + necesidades = relieve + Reflexivo, go + potty.
    * hacer + Posesivo + trabajo = get on with + Posesivo + work, do + Posesivo + business.
    * hacer posible = enable, provide for, make + possible, provide + a basis for, make + an opportunity.
    * hacer posible el crecimiento = accommodate + growth.
    * hacer preguntas = ask + questions, interrogate, air + questions, make + enquiry.
    * hacer preparativo = make + arrangements.
    * hacer preso = imprison, jail [gaol, -UK].

    * * *
    hacer [ E18 ]
    ■ hacer (verbo transitivo)
    A
    1 crear
    2 extender: cheque, factura etc
    B efectuar, llevar a cabo
    C formular, expresar
    D con las necesidades fisiológicas
    E adquirir: dinero, amigos etc
    F preparar, arreglar
    G
    1 producir, causar
    2 refiriéndose a sonidos
    H recorrer
    I en cálculos, enumeraciones
    A
    1 ocuparse en una actividad
    2 como profesión, ocupación
    3 estudiar
    B
    1 actuar de cierta manera
    2 dar cierto uso
    3 causar daño
    C actuar como
    D hacer una vida
    E sustituyendo a otro verbo
    F afectar, importar
    A transformar en, volver
    B dar apariencia de
    C inducir a, ser la causa de que
    D obligar a
    E hacer hacer algo
    F acostumbrar
    G suponer, imaginar
    ■ hacer (verbo intransitivo)
    A
    1 obrar, actuar
    2 hacer bien, mal etc
    B con las necesidades fisiológicas
    C fingir, simular
    D intentar, procurar
    E servir
    F interpretar un personaje
    A
    1 sentarle bien, mal
    2 quedar, resultar
    B corresponder
    C no le hace
    D en tercera persona: concernir
    E apetecer
    ■ hacer (verbo impersonal)
    A
    1 refiriéndose al tiempo
    2 familiar humorístico
    B expresando el tiempo transcurrido
    ■ hacerse (verbo pronominal)
    A producirse
    B
    1 hacer para sí
    2 hacer que otro haga
    C causarse
    D con las necesidades fisiológicas
    E adquirir
    A
    1 volverse, convertirse en
    2 impersonal
    3 cocinarse
    4 pasarle (a algn)
    B resultar
    C dar la impresión de
    D causativo
    E acostumbrarse
    F fingirse
    G
    1 moverse
    2 colocarse
    H hacerse con
    I hacerse de
    vt
    A
    1 (crear) ‹mueble› to make; ‹casa/carretera› to build; ‹nido› to build, make; ‹coche› to make, manufacture; ‹dibujo› to do, draw; ‹lista› to make, draw up; ‹resumen› to do, make; ‹película› to make; ‹vestido/cortina› to make; ‹pan/pastel› to make, bake; ‹vino/café/tortilla› to make; ‹cerveza› to make, brew
    les hace toda la ropa a los niños she makes all the children's clothes
    hacer un nudo/lazo to tie a knot/bow
    hazme un plano de la zona do o draw me a map of the area
    me hizo un lugar or sitio en la mesa he made room o a place for me at the table
    le hizo un hijo ( fam); he got her pregnant
    hacen una pareja preciosa they make a lovely couple
    2 (extender) ‹cheque/factura/receta› to make out, write out, write
    me hizo un cheque she wrote o made me out a check
    B (efectuar, llevar a cabo) ‹sacrificio› to make; ‹milagro› to work, perform; ‹deberes/ejercicios› to do; ‹transacción› to carry out; ‹experimento› to do, perform; ‹limpieza› to do
    estaban haciendo los preparativos para el viaje they were making preparations for o they were preparing for the journey
    me hicieron una visita they paid me a visit, they came and visited me
    hicieron una gira por Europa they went on o did a tour of Europe
    hicimos el viaje sin parar we did the journey without stopping
    me hizo un regalo precioso she gave me a beautiful gift
    tengo que hacer los mandados I have some errands to run
    ¿me haces un favor? will you do me a favor?
    me hizo señas para que me acercara she motioned to me to come closer
    hicimos un trato we did o made a deal
    hago un papel secundario en la obra I have a minor part in the play
    aún queda mucho por hacer there is still a lot (left) to do
    C (formular, expresar) ‹declaración/promesa/oferta› to make; ‹proyecto/plan› to make, draw up; ‹crítica/comentario› to make, voice; ‹pregunta› to ask
    nadie hizo ninguna objeción nobody raised any objections, nobody objected
    nos hizo un relato de sus aventuras he related his adventures to us, he gave us an account of his adventures
    D
    (con las necesidades fisiológicas): hace dos días que no hago caca ( fam); I haven't been for two days ( euph)
    hice pis or pipí antes de salir ( fam); I had a pee before I left ( colloq)
    hacer sus necesidades ( euf); to go to the bathroom o toilet
    E (adquirir) ‹dinero/fortuna› to make; ‹amigo› to make
    hicieron muchas amistades en Chile they made a lot of friends in Chile
    F (preparar, arreglar) ‹cama› to make; ‹maleta› to pack
    tengo que hacer la comida I must get lunch (ready) o cook lunch
    hice el pescado al horno I did o cooked the fish in the oven
    G
    1 (producir, causar) ‹ruido› to make
    este jabón no hace espuma this soap doesn't lather
    esos chistes no me hacen gracia I don't find those jokes funny
    estos zapatos me hacen daño these shoes hurt my feet
    los perros hacen `guau guau' dogs go `bow-wow'
    el agua hacía glugluglú en los caños the water gurgled o made a gurgling noise in the pipes
    ¿cómo hace el coche del abuelo? how does Grandpa's car go?, what noise does Grandpa's car make?
    H (recorrer) ‹trayecto/distancia› to do
    hicimos los 500 kilómetros en cuatro horas we did o covered the 500 kilometers in four hours
    I
    (en cálculos, enumeraciones): son 180 … y 320 hacen 500 that's 180 … and 320 is o makes 500
    hace el número 26 en la lista she is o comes 26th on the list
    A
    ¿no tienes nada que hacer? don't you have anything to do?
    ya terminé ¿qué hago ahora? I've finished, what shall I do now?
    no hace más que or sino quejarse she does nothing but complain, all she ever does is complain
    no hice más que or sino cumplir con mi deber I only o merely did my duty
    le gustaría hacer teatro she would like to work in the theater
    están haciendo una obra de Ibsen they're doing o putting on a play by Ibsen
    deberías hacer ejercicio you should exercise, you should do o get some exercise
    ¿hace algún deporte? do you go in for o play o do any sports?
    no estaba haciendo turismo, sino en viaje de negocios I wasn't there on vacation ( AmE) o ( BrE) on holiday, it was a business trip
    2 (como profesión, ocupación) to do
    ¿qué hace su novio? — es médico what does her boyfriend do? — he's a doctor
    3 (estudiar) to do
    hace Derecho she's doing o studying o reading Law
    hizo un curso de contabilidad he did an accountancy course
    hizo la carrera de Filosofía she did a degree in philosophy o a philosophy degree, she studied philosophy
    B
    1 (actuar de cierta manera, realizar cierta acción) to do
    yo en tu caso habría hecho lo mismo in your situation I would have done the same
    perdona, lo hice sin querer I'm sorry, I didn't do it on purpose
    haz lo que quieras do what you like
    aquí se hace lo que digo yo I'm in charge around here, around here what I say goes
    ¡niño, eso no se hace! you mustn't do that!
    haré lo posible por hablar con él I'll do all o everything I can to speak to him
    ¡qué se le va a hacer! or ¡qué le vamos a hacer! what can you o ( frml) one do?
    no puedes aceptar — ¡qué le voy a hacer! no me queda más remedio you can't accept — what else can I do? I've no choice
    hacerla ( Méx fam): ya la hizo: lo nombraron director now he's really made it: he's been appointed director
    si le gano al sueco ya la hice if I can beat the Swede I'll have it in the bag ( colloq)
    la hicieron bien y bonita con ese negocio they did really well out of that deal
    hacerla (buena) ( fam): ¡ahora sí que la hice! me dejé las llaves dentro now I've (really) done it! I've left the keys inside
    ¡ya la hicimos! se pinchó la rueda that's done it! o now, we're in trouble, we've got a flat
    hacérsela buena a algn ( Méx); to keep one's word o promise to sb
    se la hizo buena y se casó con ella he kept his word o promise and married her
    soñé que te sacabas la lotería — ¡házmela buena! I dreamed you won the lottery — if only! o if only it would come true!
    mañana dejo de fumar — ¡házmela buena! I'm going to give up smoking tomorrow — oh, please! o if only you would!
    2 (dar cierto uso, destino, posición) to do
    ¿qué vas a hacer con el dinero del premio? what are you going to do with the prize money?
    no sé qué hice con los recibos I don't know what I did with the receipts
    y el libro ¿qué lo hice? (CS fam); what did I do with the book?
    3
    (causar daño): hacerle algo a algn to do sth to sb
    no le tengas miedo al perro, no hace nada don't be frightened of the dog, he won't hurt you
    yo no le hice nada I didn't touch her o do anything to her
    no te he contado la última que me hizo I haven't told you the latest thing he did to me
    C
    ( esp Esp) (actuar como): deja de hacer el tonto/payaso stop acting o playing the fool, stop clowning around
    D
    (llevar): hacer una vida solitaria/normal to lead a lonely life/normal life
    trata de hacer una vida sana try to lead a healthy life
    E
    (sustituyendo a otro verbo): toca bien la guitarra — antes lo hacía mejor she plays the guitar well — she used to play o be better
    voy a escribirle — deja, ya lo haré yo I'm going to write to him — don't bother, I'll do it
    voy a dimitir — por favor, no lo hagas I'm going to resign — please don't o please, don't do it
    F
    ( RPl fam) (afectar, importar): la salsa quedó un poco líquida — ¿qué le hace? the sauce came out a bit thin — so what? o what does it matter?
    eso no le hace nada that doesn't matter at all
    A (transformar en, volver) to make
    te hará hombre, hijo mío it will make a man of you, my son
    la hizo su mujer he made her his wife
    agarró la copa y la hizo añicos contra el suelo he grabbed the glass and smashed it to smithereens on the floor
    hizo pedazos or trizas la carta she tore the letter into tiny pieces
    la película que la hizo famosa the movie that made her famous
    este hombre me hace la vida imposible this man is making my life impossible
    quisiera agradecer a quienes han hecho posible este encuentro I should like to thank (all) those who have made this meeting possible
    hacer algo DE algo to turn sth INTO sth
    hice de mi afición por la cocina una profesión I turned my interest in cooking into a career, I made a career out of my interest in cooking
    hacer algo DE algn to make sth OF sb
    quiero hacer de ti un gran actor I want to make a great actor of you
    B
    (dar apariencia de): ese vestido te hace más delgada that dress makes you look thinner
    el pelo corto te hace más joven short hair makes you look younger
    C (inducir a, ser la causa de que) hacer algo/a algn + INF to make sth/sb + INF
    una de esas canciones que te hacen llorar one of those songs that make you cry
    todo hace suponer que fue así everything suggests that o leads one to think that that is what happened
    hizo caer al niño he knocked the child over
    haga pasar al próximo tell the next person to come in, have the next person come in
    eso no hizo sino precipitar el desenlace all that did was to hasten the end
    hacer que algo/algn + SUBJ to make sth/sb + INF
    ¡vas a hacer que pierda la paciencia! you're going to make me lose my temper!
    esto hace que sus reacciones sean lentas this makes him slow to react, this makes his reactions slow
    D (obligar a) hacer + INF a algn to make sb + INF
    me hizo esperar tres horas she kept me waiting for three hours
    se lo haré hacer de nuevo I'll make him do it again
    me hizo abrirla or me la hizo abrir he made me open it
    me hizo levantar(me) a las cinco she made me get up at five
    hacer que algn + SUBJ to make sb + INF
    hizo que todos se sentaran he made everybody sit down
    E
    hacer hacer algo to have o get sth done
    hice acortar las cortinas I had o got the curtains shortened
    le hice hacer un vestido para la boda I had o got a dress made for her for the wedding
    F (acostumbrar) hacer a algn A algo to get sb used o accustomed TO sth
    pronto la hizo a su manera de trabajar he soon got her used o accustomed to his way of working
    G
    (suponer, imaginar): te hacía en Buenos Aires I thought you were in Buenos Aires
    tiene 42 años — yo la hacía más joven she's 42 — I thought she was younger
    ¡yo que lo hacía casado y con hijos! I had the idea that he was married with children!
    ■ hacer
    vi
    A
    1
    (obrar, actuar): nadie trató de impedírselo, lo dejaron hacer nobody tried to stop him, they just let him get on with it
    tú no te preocupes, déjame hacer a mí don't you worry, just let me take care of it
    déjalo hacer a él, que sabe qué es lo que conviene let him handle it, he knows what's best
    ¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? how do you go about getting the grant?
    ¿cómo hay que hacer para ponerlo en funcionamiento? what do you have to do to make it work?
    no me explico cómo hacen para vivir con ese sueldo I don't know how they manage to live on that salary
    hacerle a algo (Chi, Méx fam): Enrique le hace a la electricidad Enrique knows a bit o knows something about electricity
    tienen una empleada que le hace a todo they have a maid who does a bit of everything
    ya sabes que yo no le hago a esos menesteres you know I don't go in for o do that sort of thing
    hacer y deshacer to do as one pleases, do what one likes
    ¡no le hagas/hagan! ( Méx fam); you can't be serious!, you're joking o kidding! ( colloq)
    2 (+ complemento):
    hiciste bien en decírmelo you did o were right to tell me
    haces mal en mentir it's wrong of you to lie
    mejor haría callándose she'd do better to keep quiet
    B
    ( esp AmL) (con las necesidades fisiológicas): ¡mamá, ya hice! Mommy, I've been o I've finished!
    hace dos días que no hace ( euf); he hasn't been for two days ( euph)
    hagan antes de salir go to the bathroom o toilet before we leave, you'd better go before we leave ( euph)
    hacer de cuerpo or de vientre ( frml); to move one's bowels ( frml), to have a bowel movement ( frml)
    C
    (fingir, simular): hizo (como) que no me había visto he made out o pretended he hadn't seen me
    cuando entre haz (como) que lees when she comes in, make out o pretend you're reading, when she comes in, pretend to be reading
    hice (como) que no oía I pretended I couldn't hear, I acted as if I couldn't hear
    hacer COMO SI + SUBJ:
    haz como si no supieras nada make out o pretend you don't know anything about it, act as if you don't know anything about it
    D (intentar, procurar) hacer POR + INF to try to + INF
    tienes que hacer por corregir ese genio you must try to o ( colloq) try and do something about that temper (of yours)
    tú no haces por entenderla you don't even try to understand her
    E (servir) hacer DE algo:
    esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning
    la escuela hizo de hospital the school served as o was used as a hospital
    F (interpretar un personaje) hacer DE algo/algn to play (the part of) sth/sb
    siempre hace de `malo' he always plays the bad guy
    hizo de Hamlet he played (the part of) Hamlet
    A (+ compl)
    1 (sentar) (+ me/te/le etc):
    le va a hacer bien salir un poco it'll do her good to get out a bit
    ¡me hizo tanto bien su visita …! her visit did me such a lot of good …!
    los mejillones me hicieron muy mal ( AmL); the mussels made me really ill
    2
    ( Esp) (quedar): con los cuadros hace mucho más bonito it looks much prettier with the pictures
    esta tapa no le hace al frasco this lid doesn't fit the jar
    esta llave no le hace a la cerradura this isn't the right key for the lock
    C
    no le hace (no tiene importancia) it doesn't matter; (no sirve de excusa) that's no excuse, don't give me that ( colloq)
    ¿no le hace que tire la ceniza en este florero? do you mind if I drop the ash in this vase?
    (concernir, tocar): por lo que hace a or en cuanto hace a su solicitud as far as your application is concerned, as regards your application
    E
    ( Esp fam) (apetecer): ¿hace or te hace una cerveza? (do you) feel like a beer?, do you fancy a beer? ( BrE colloq)
    te invito a cenar a un chino ¿hace? — hace I'll take you out to a Chinese restaurant, how does that grab you? — great idea! ( colloq)
    ■
    A
    (refiriéndose al tiempo atmosférico): hace frío/calor/sol/viento it's cold/hot/sunny/windy
    hace tres grados bajo cero it's three degrees below (zero)
    nos hizo un tiempo espantoso we had terrible weather
    ojalá haga buen tiempo or ( esp Esp) bueno I hope the weather's fine o nice, I hope it's nice weather
    hace sed ¿verdad? it's thirsty weather/work, isn't it?
    parece que hace hambre you/they seem to be hungry
    ¿hace sueño, niños? are you getting sleepy, children?
    B
    (expresando el tiempo transcurrido): hace dos años que murió he died two years ago, he's been dead for two years
    ¿cuándo llegaste? — hace un ratito when did you get here? — a short while ago
    ¿cuánto hace que se fue? how long ago did she leave?, how long is it since she left?
    lo leí hace poco I read it a short time ago
    lo había visto hacía exactamente un año I had seen him exactly one year before
    ¿hace mucho que esperas? have you been waiting long?
    hace mucho tiempo que lo conozco or lo conozco desde hace mucho tiempo I've known him for a long time
    hace años que no lo veo or no lo veo desde hace años I haven't seen him for years o it's years since I saw him
    hacía años que no lo veía I hadn't seen him for o in years, it had been years since I'd seen him
    hasta hace poco vivían en Austria they lived in Austria until recently
    A
    (producirse): hágase la luz ( Bib) let there be light
    (+ me/te/le etc): se me ha hecho un nudo en el hilo I've got a knot in the thread, the thread has a knot in it
    si no lo revuelves se te hacen grumos if you don't stir it, it goes lumpy o forms lumps
    se le ha hecho una ampolla she's got o she has a blister
    hacérsele a algn ( Méx): por fin se le hizo ganar un campeonato she finally got to win a championship
    por fin se le hizo a Mauricio con ella Mauricio finally made it with her ( colloq)
    B
    1 ( refl)
    (hacer para sí): se hace toda la ropa she makes all her (own) clothes
    se hicieron una casita they built themselves a little house
    2 ( caus)
    (hacer que otro haga): se hace la ropa en Roma she has her clothes made in Rome
    se hicieron una casita they had a little house built
    se hizo la cirugía estética she had plastic surgery
    voy a hacerme las manos I'm going to have a manicure
    tienes que hacerte la barba you must get your beard trimmed
    C
    (causarse): me hice un tajo en el dedo I cut my finger
    ¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? what did you do to your arm?
    ¿te hiciste daño? did you hurt yourself?
    D
    (con las necesidades fisiológicas): todavía se hace pis/caca ( fam); she still wets herself/messes her pants
    se hace pis en la cama ( fam); he wets the bed
    ¡me estoy haciendo caca! ( fam); I'm desperate (to go to the bathroom o toilet)! ( colloq)
    E ( refl)
    (adquirir): se ha hecho un nombre en el mundo de la moda she's made a name for herself in the fashion world
    sólo conseguirás hacerte enemigos si sigues así you'll only make enemies if you keep on like that
    A
    1 (volverse, convertirse en) to become
    se quiere hacer monja she wants to become a nun
    se hizo famoso he became famous
    se están haciendo viejos they are getting o growing old
    en invierno se hace de noche muy pronto in winter it gets dark very early
    vamos, se está haciendo tarde come on, it's getting late
    (+ me/te/le etc): se nos hizo de noche esperándolo it got dark while we were waiting for him
    3 (cocinarse) «pescado/guiso» to cook
    dejar que se haga a fuego lento leave to cook over a low heat
    4
    ( AmL) (pasarle a): no sé qué se habrá hecho María I don't know what can have happened to María o ( colloq) where María can have got(ten) to
    B
    (resultar): se hace muy pesado repetir lo mismo tantas veces it gets very boring having to repeat the same thing over and over again
    (+ me/te/le etc): la espera se me hizo interminable the wait seemed interminable
    se me hace difícil creerlo I find it very hard to believe
    C (dar la impresión de) (+ me/te/le etc):
    se me hace que aquí pasa algo raro I get the feeling o impression that something strange is going on around here
    se me hace que va a llover I think o I have a feeling it's going to rain
    se me hace que esta vez vas a tener suerte something tells me o I have a feeling (that) this time you're going to be lucky
    D ( causativo) hacerse + INF:
    tienes que hacerte oír/respetar you have to make people listen to you/respect you
    el desenlace no se hizo esperar the end was not long in coming
    cuando era actriz se hacía llamar Mónica Duarte when she was an actress she went by the name of Monica Duarte o she used the name Monica Duarte
    es un chico que se hace querer he's a likable kid o a kid you can't help liking
    se hizo construir una mansión he had a mansion built
    hazte ver por un médico ( AmL); go and see a doctor
    E (acostumbrarse) hacerse A algo to get used TO sth
    no me hago al clima de este país I can't get used to the weather in this country
    no consigo hacerme a la idea I can't get used to the idea
    hacerse A + INF to get used TO -ING
    no se hace a vivir solo he hasn't got used to living alone
    F
    (fingirse): no te hagas el inocente don't act all innocent
    seguro que me vio pero se hizo el loco he must have seen me but he pretended he hadn't
    ¿éste es bobo o se (lo) hace? ( fam); is this guy stupid or just a good actor? ( colloq)
    no te hagas el sordo don't pretend o make out you didn't hear me
    se hizo la que no entendía she pretended o she made out she didn't understand
    yo me hice ( Méx fam); I pretended not to notice
    G
    1 (moverse) (+ compl):
    hacerse atrás to move back
    hacerse a un lado to move to one side, to move aside
    hazte para aquí/para allá move over this way/that way
    2
    ( Col) (colocarse): ¿quieres salir en la foto? — sí ¿dónde me hago? do you want to be in the photo? — yes, where shall I stand/sit?
    H hacerse con to take
    el ejército se hizo con la ciudad the army took the city
    se hizo con una fortuna considerable he amassed a considerable fortune
    tengo que hacerme con esa información como sea I must get hold of that information somehow
    se hicieron con la empresa they took over the company
    lograron hacerse con el control de la compañía they managed to gain o get control of the company
    no creo que puedan hacerse con la copa I don't think they can win the cup
    ( AmL): se hicieron de gran fama they became very famous
    tengo que hacerme de dinero I must get o lay my hands on some money
    se han hecho de muchos amigos allí they've made a lot of friends there
    * * *

     

    Multiple Entries:
    hacer    
    hacer algo
    hacer ( conjugate hacer) verbo transitivo
    1
    a) ( crear) ‹mueble/vestido› to make;

    ‹casa/carretera› to build;
    ‹ nido› to build, make;
    ‹ túnel› to make, dig;
    ‹dibujo/plano› to do, draw;
    ‹ lista› to make, draw up;
    ‹ resumen› to do, make;
    ‹ película› to make;
    ‹nudo/lazo› to tie;
    ‹pan/pastel› to make, bake;
    ‹vino/café/tortilla› to make;
    ‹ cerveza› to make, brew;

    hacen buena pareja they make a lovely couple
    b) (producir, causar) ‹ ruido› to make;


    estos zapatos me hacen daño these shoes hurt my feet
    2
    a) (efectuar, llevar a cabo) ‹ sacrificio› to make;

    ‹ milagro› to work, perform;
    ‹deberes/ejercicios/limpieza› to do;
    ‹ mandado› to run;
    ‹transacción/investigación› to carry out;
    ‹ experimento› to do, perform;
    ‹ entrevista› to conduct;
    ‹gira/viaje› to do;
    ‹ regalo› to give;
    ‹ favor› to do;
    ‹ trato› to make;

    aún queda mucho por hacer there is still a lot (left) to do;
    dar que hacer to make a lot of work
    b) ‹cheque/factura› to make out, write out

    3 (formular, expresar) ‹declaración/promesa/oferta› to make;
    ‹proyecto/plan› to make, draw up;
    ‹crítica/comentario› to make, voice;
    ‹ pregunta› to ask;

    4

    ◊ hacer caca (fam) to do a poop (AmE) o (BrE) a pooh (colloq);

    hacer pis or pipí (fam) to have a pee (colloq);
    hacer sus necesidades (euf) to go to the bathroom o toilet (euph)

    ◊ las vacas hacen `mu' cows go `moo'

    5 ( adquirir) ‹dinero/fortuna› to make;
    ‹ amigo› to make
    6 (preparar, arreglar) ‹ cama› to make;
    ‹ maleta› to pack;
    ◊ hice el pescado al horno I did o cooked the fish in the oven;

    tengo que hacer la comida I must make lunch;
    ver tb comida b
    7 ( recorrer) ‹trayecto/distancia› to do, cover
    8 (en cálculos, enumeraciones):
    ◊ son 180 … y 320 hacen 500 that's 180 … and 320 is o makes 500

    1


    ¿hacemos algo esta noche? shall we do something tonight?;
    hacer ejercicio to do (some) exercise;
    ¿hace algún deporte? do you play o do any sports?;
    See Also→ amor 1b
    b) (como profesión, ocupación) to do;

    ◊ ¿qué hace tu padre? what does your father do?


    2 (realizar cierta acción, actuar de cierta manera) to do;
    ◊ ¡eso no se hace! you shouldn't do that!;

    ¡qué le vamos a hacer! what can you o (frml) one do?;
    toca bien el piano — antes lo hacía mejor she plays the piano well — she used to play better;
    hacerla buena (fam): ¡ahora sí que la hice! now I've really done it!;
    See Also→ tonto sustantivo masculino, femenino
    1 (transformar en, volver) to make;

    hizo pedazos la carta she tore the letter into tiny pieces;
    ese vestido te hace más delgada that dress makes you look thinner;
    hacer algo de algo to turn sth into sth;
    quiero hacer de ti un gran actor I want to make a great actor of you
    2
    a) (obligar a, ser causa de que)


    me hizo abrirla he made me open it;
    me hizo llorar it made me cry;
    hágalo pasar tell him to come in;
    me hizo esperar tres horas she kept me waiting for three hours;
    hacer que algo/algn haga algo to make sth/sb do sth
    b)

    ◊ hacer hacer algo to have o get sth done/made;

    hice acortar las cortinas I had o got the curtains shortened
    verbo intransitivo
    1 (obrar, actuar):
    ◊ déjame hacer a mí just let me handle this o take care of this;

    ¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? what do you have to do to get the scholarship?;
    hiciste bien en decírmelo you did o were right to tell me;
    haces mal en mentir it's wrong of you to lie
    2 (fingir, simular):

    haz como si no lo conocieras act as if o pretend you don't know him
    3 ( servir):
    ◊ esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning;

    la escuela hizo de hospital the school served as o was used as a hospital
    4 ( interpretar personaje) hacer de algo/algn to play (the part of) sth/sb
    (+ compl) ( sentar):


    (+ me/te/le etc)

    la trucha me hizo mal (AmL) the trout didn't agree with me
    hacer v impers
    1 ( refiriéndose al tiempo atmosférico):
    ◊ hace frío/sol it's cold/sunny;

    hace tres grados it's three degrees;
    (nos) hizo un tiempo espantoso the weather was terrible
    2 ( expresando tiempo transcurrido):

    hace mucho que lo conozco I've known him for a long time;
    hacía años que no lo veía I hadn't seen him for o in years;
    ¿cuánto hace que se fue? how long ago did she leave?;
    hace poco/un año a short time/a year ago;
    hasta hace poco until recently
    hacerse verbo pronominal
    1 ( producirse) (+ me/te/le etc):

    se le hizo una ampolla she got a blister;
    hacérsele algo a algn (Méx): por fin se le hizo ganar el premio she finally got to win the award
    2
    a) ( refl) ( hacer para sí) ‹café/falda› to make oneself;




    se hizo la cirugía estética she had plastic surgery
    3 ( causarse):
    ◊ ¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? what did you do to your arm?;

    ¿te hiciste daño? did you hurt yourself?
    4 ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas):
    ◊ todavía se hace pis/caca (fam) she still wets/messes herself

    5 ( refl) ( adquirir) to make;

    1
    a) (volverse, convertirse en) to become;


    se están haciendo viejos they are getting o growing old
    b) ( resultar):



    (+ me/te/le etc)

    se me hace difícil creerlo I find it very hard to believe
    c) ( impers):


    se está haciendo tarde it's getting late
    d) ( cocinarse) [pescado/guiso] to cook

    e) (AmL) ( pasarle a):

    ◊ ¿qué se habrá hecho María? what can have happened to María?

    2 ( acostumbrarse) hacerse a algo to get used to sth
    3 ( fingirse):

    ¿es bobo o se (lo) hace? (fam) is he stupid or just a good actor? (colloq);
    hacerse pasar por algn (por periodista, doctor) to pass oneself off as sb
    4 ( moverse) (+ compl) to move;

    5
    ◊ hacerse de (AmL) (de fortuna, dinero) to get;


    ( de amigos) to make
    hacer
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (crear, fabricar, construir) to make
    hacer un jersey, to make a sweater
    hacer un puente, to build a bridge
    2 (una acción) to do: eso no se hace, it isn't done
    haz lo que quieras, do what you want
    ¿qué estás haciendo?, (en este momento) what are you doing?
    (para vivir) what do you do (for a living)?
    hace atletismo, he does athletics
    hacer una carrera/ medicina, to do a degree/ medicine
    3 (amigos, dinero) to make
    4 (obligar, forzar) to make: hazle entrar en razón, make him see reason
    5 (causar, provocar) to make: ese hombre me hace reír, that man makes me laugh
    estos zapatos me hacen daño, these shoes are hurting me
    no hagas llorar a tu hermana, don't make your sister cry
    6 (arreglar) to make
    hacer la cama, to make the bed
    hacer la casa, to do the housework
    7 Mat (sumar, dar como resultado) to make: y con éste hacen cincuenta, and that makes fifty
    8 (producir una impresión) to make... look: ese vestido la hace mayor, that dress makes her look older
    9 (en sustitución de otro verbo) to do: cuido mi jardín, me gusta hacerlo, I look after my garden, I like doing it
    10 (representar) to play: Juan hizo un papel en Fuenteovejuna, Juan played a part in Fuenteovejuna
    11 (actuar como) to play: no hagas el tonto, don't play the fool
    12 (suponer) te hacía en casa, I thought you were at home
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 (en el teatro, etc) to play: hizo de Electra, she played Electra
    2 ( hacer por + infinitivo) to try to: hice por ayudar, I tried to help
    3 (simular) to pretend: hice como si no lo conociera, I acted as if I didn't know him
    4 fam (venir bien, convenir) to be suitable: si te hace, nos vamos a verle mañana, if it's all right for you, we'll visit him tomorrow
    III verbo impersonal
    1 (tiempo transcurrido) ago: hace mucho (tiempo), a long time ago
    hace tres semanas que no veo la televisión, I haven't watched TV for three weeks
    hace tres años que comenzaron las obras, the building works started three years ago
    2 (condición atmosférica) hacía mucho frío, it was very cold
    ¿To make o to do?
    El significado básico del verbo to make es construir, fabricar algo juntando los componentes (aquí hacen unos pasteles maravillosos, they make marvellous cakes here), obligar (hazle callar, make him shut up) o convertir: Te hará más fuerte. It'll make you stronger. También se emplea en expresiones compuestas por palabras tales como dinero ( money), ruido ( a noise), cama ( the bed), esfuerzo ( an effort), promesa ( a promise), c omentario ( a comment), amor ( love), guerra ( war).
    El significado del verbo to do es cumplir o ejecutar una tarea o actividad, especialmente tratándose de los deportes y las tareas domésticas: Hago mis deberes por la noche. I do my homework in the evening. ¿Quién hace la plancha en tu casa? Who does the ironing in your house? También se emplea con palabras tales como deber ( duty), deportes ( sports), examen ( an exam), favor ( a favour), sumas ( sums).
    ' hacer' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abrir
    - aclarar
    - acopio
    - acto
    - adelantar
    - adelantamiento
    - advertir
    - alarde
    - aliviar
    - amagar
    - amarrar
    - amor
    - amortizar
    - ampliar
    - añicos
    - aplanar
    - aprecio
    - aprender
    - aspaviento
    - atonía
    - autostop
    - ayuno
    - balance
    - broma
    - burla
    - burrada
    - cábala
    - caballo
    - cabronada
    - caca
    - cafetera
    - caja
    - calceta
    - calentar
    - callar
    - calle
    - calor
    - cama
    - capacitar
    - capaz
    - caso
    - castigar
    - castillo
    - chantaje
    - colar
    - colada
    - colecta
    - comecome
    - comentar
    - como
    English:
    abort
    - abstain
    - abuse
    - accent
    - accentuate
    - accepted
    - accustom
    - act
    - advance
    - advertise
    - afraid
    - again
    - agitate
    - agree
    - aim at
    - aim to
    - air
    - all-out
    - amenable
    - antsy
    - apart
    - appearance
    - arm-twisting
    - as
    - assert
    - attempt
    - audition
    - authorize
    - backup
    - bake
    - balance
    - bandy about
    - bed
    - begin
    - blast
    - blind
    - blueberry
    - blur
    - boil
    - bonk
    - boohoo
    - book in
    - bounce
    - bring in
    - bubble
    - budget
    - bulldoze
    - bully
    - bundle
    - burp
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [elaborar, crear, cocinar] to make;
    hacer una fiesta to have a party;
    hacer un vestido/planes to make a dress/plans;
    hacer un poema/una sinfonía to write a poem/symphony;
    hacer un nudo to tie a knot;
    los cristianos creen que Dios hizo al hombre Christians believe that God created mankind;
    haz un poco más la carne cook the meat a bit longer;
    Fam
    tu hermano ha hecho una de las suyas your brother has been up to his usual tricks;
    Fam
    ¡buena la has hecho! you've really gone and done it now!
    2. [construir] to build;
    han hecho un edificio nuevo they've put up a new building
    3. [generar] to produce;
    el árbol hace sombra the tree gives shade;
    la carretera hace una curva there's a bend in the road
    4. [movimientos, sonidos, gestos] to make;
    le hice señas I signalled to her;
    el gato hace “miau” cats go “miaow”;
    el reloj hace tic-tac the clock goes tick-tock;
    hacer ruido to make a noise
    5. [obtener] [fotocopia] to make;
    [retrato] to paint; [fotografía] to take
    6. [realizar] [trabajo, estudios] to do;
    [viaje] to make; [comunión] to take; [sacrificio] to make; [promesa, oferta] to make; [milagro] to perform; [experimento] to do, to perform; [favor] to do; [pregunta] to ask; [declaración] to make; [crucigrama] to do;
    hacer una entrevista to do an interview;
    tengo mucho que hacer I have a lot to do;
    hoy hace guardia she's on duty today;
    estoy haciendo segundo I'm in my second year;
    hago ingeniería I'm doing o studying engineering
    7. [obrar, realizar una acción] to do;
    ¿qué habré hecho con las llaves? what have I done with the keys?;
    CSur Fam
    y mis llaves, ¿qué las hice? and my keys, now what did I do with them?;
    ¡le he dicho mil veces que eso no se hace! I've told him time and again that it's wrong to do that!;
    Fam
    haz lo que te dé la gana do whatever you want;
    ¿qué haces? vas a romper la bicicleta what are you doing o what do you think you're doing?, you're going to break the bicycle!;
    ¡qué le vamos a hacer! never mind!;
    8. [practicar] [en general] to do;
    [tenis, fútbol] to play;
    debes hacer deporte you should start doing some sport
    9. [arreglar] [casa, colada] to do;
    [cama] to make; [maleta] to pack; [uñas] to do; [barba] to trim
    10. [dar aspecto a] to cause to look o seem;
    este espejo te hace gordo this mirror makes you look fat
    11. [transformar en]
    hacer a alguien feliz to make sb happy;
    la guerra no lo hizo un hombre the war didn't make him (into) a man;
    hizo pedazos el papel he tore the paper to pieces;
    hacer de algo/alguien algo to make sth/sb into sth;
    hizo de ella una buena cantante he made a good singer of her
    12. [comportarse como]
    hacer el tonto to act the fool;
    hacer el vándalo to act like a hooligan;
    hacer el ridículo to make a fool of oneself
    13. [causar]
    me hizo gracia I thought it was funny;
    un poco de aire fresco le hará bien a bit of fresh air will do her good;
    Am
    esos ñoquis me hicieron mal those gnocchi disagreed with me
    14. Cine & Teatro [papel] to play;
    [obra] to do, to perform;
    hace el papel de la hija del rey she plays (the part of) the king's daughter;
    hoy hacen una obra de Brecht today they're putting on o doing one of Brecht's plays
    15. [suponer] to think, to reckon;
    a estas horas yo te hacía en París I thought o reckoned you'd be in Paris by now;
    te hacía más joven I thought you were younger, I'd have said you were younger
    16. [ser causa de]
    hacer que alguien haga algo to make sb do sth;
    me hizo reír it made me laugh;
    has hecho que se enfadara you've made him angry;
    haces que me avergüence you make me ashamed;
    la tormenta hizo que se cancelara el concierto the storm caused the concert to be called off
    17. [mandar]
    hacer que se haga algo to have sth done;
    voy a hacer teñir este vestido I'm going to have this dress dyed;
    la hizo callarse he made her shut up
    18. [acostumbrar]
    la prisión lo hizo a la soledad prison made o got him used to being alone
    19. [cumplir]
    hizo los cincuenta la semana pasada he was fifty last week, he celebrated his fiftieth birthday last week
    20. [completar] to make;
    tres y dos hacen cinco three and two make five;
    y este huevo hace la docena and this egg makes (it) a dozen;
    hago el número seis en la lista I'm number six on the list
    21. [conseguir] to make;
    hizo una gran fortuna he made a large fortune;
    hizo muchas amistades en Australia she made a lot of friends in Australia
    22. [recorrer] to do;
    ¿cuántos kilómetros hiciste ayer? how many kilometres did you do yesterday?;
    hago dos kilómetros a pie todos los días I walk two kilometres every day
    23. [referido a necesidades fisiológicas] to do;
    Euf
    tengo que hacer mis necesidades I have to answer a call of nature;
    Fam
    los niños quieren hacer pipí the children want to have a pee
    24. [sustituyendo a otro verbo] to do;
    se negó a ir y yo hice lo mismo she refused to go and I did likewise;
    ya no puedo leer como solía hacerlo I can't read as well as I used to
    ♦ vi
    1. [intervenir, actuar]
    déjame hacer (a mí) let me do it;
    ser el que hace y deshace: en la empresa, él es el que hace y deshace he's the one who calls the shots in the company
    2.
    hacer de [trabajar] to work as;
    [servir] to serve as, to act as; Cine & Teatro [actuar] to play;
    hace de electricista he's an electrician, he works as an electrician;
    este tronco hará de asiento this tree trunk will do for somewhere to sit;
    hace de don Quijote he's playing Don Quixote
    3. [aparentar]
    hacer como si to act as if;
    haz como que no te importa act as if you don't care
    4. [procurar, intentar]
    hacer por hacer algo to try to do sth;
    haré por verle esta noche I'll try to see him tonight
    5. [proceder]
    haces mal en callarte it's wrong of you not to say anything;
    hizo bien dimitiendo she was right to resign;
    ¿cómo hay que hacer para abrir esta caja? how do you open this box?, what do you have to do to open this box?
    6. Esp Fam [apetecer]
    ¿hace un vaso de vino? would you like o Br do you fancy a glass of wine?
    7. Am [necesidades fisiológicas]
    ¿hiciste? have you done anything?;
    preciso un baño, no hice antes de salir I need to find a bathroom, I didn't go before I came out
    8. Méx Fam
    hacer(la) buena: [ojalá] [m5]dicen que te sacaste la lotería – ¡házmela buena! they say you've won the lottery – if only!;
    me ofreció empleo don Paco, voy a ver si me la hace buena Don Paco offered me a job, I'll see if he comes through for me
    9. Méx Fam
    hacerle a [profesión] to do;
    por las mañanas estudia y en la tarde le hace a la peluquería she studies in the morning and in the afternoon she does hairdressing
    10. Méx Fam
    hacerle a [droga] to do;
    ese tipo le hace a la cocaína that guy does coke
    11. Méx Fam
    hacerle a [aparentar] to pretend to be;
    le hace al tonto, pero bien que sabe he pretends to be clueless but he knows perfectly well;
    dile que no le haga al cuento tell him to stop Br spinning me a line o US jerking me around
    12. Méx Fam
    no le hagas [exclamación] come off it!, Br do me a favour!, US give me a break!;
    perdí mi libro – ¡no le hagas! I lost my book – pull the other one! o sure you did!
    13. Méx, RP
    no le hace [no importa] it doesn't matter;
    no sé si voy a poder ir – no le hace I don't know if I'll be able to go – it doesn't matter;
    ¿qué le hace? so what?, big deal!
    ♦ v impersonal
    1. [tiempo meteorológico]
    hace frío/sol/viento it's cold/sunny/windy;
    hace un día precioso it's a beautiful day;
    mañana hará mal tiempo the weather will be bad tomorrow
    2. [tiempo transcurrido]
    hace diez años ten years ago;
    hace mucho a long time ago;
    hace poco not long ago;
    hace un rato a short while ago;
    hace un mes que llegué it's a month since I arrived;
    no la veo desde hace un año I haven't seen her for a year;
    ¿cuánto hace de eso? how long ago was that?
    * * *
    <part hecho>
    I v/t
    1 ( realizar) do;
    ¡haz algo! do something!;
    hacer una pregunta ask a question;
    tengo que hacer los deberes I have to do my homework; !;
    no hace más que quejarse all he does is complain;
    no hay nada que hacer there’s nothing we can do;
    se hace lo que se puede one does one’s best;
    ¡eso no se hace! that’s just not done!
    2 ( elaborar, crear) make;
    hacer la comida make o cook a meal;
    hacer que algo ocurra make sth happen
    3 ( obligar a)
    :
    hacer que alguien haga algo make s.o. do sth;
    le hicieron ir they made him go
    4 ( cumplir)
    :
    hoy hago veinte años I am twenty today, today is my twentieth birthday
    5 ( equivaler a)
    :
    esta botella hace un litro this bottle holds a liter
    6
    :
    ¡qué le vamos a hacer! that’s life
    II v/i
    1
    :
    haces bien/mal en ir you are doing the right/wrong thing by going
    2 ( sentar)
    :
    me hace mal it’s making me ill
    3 ( servir de)
    :
    esto hará de mesa de objeto this will do as a table
    4 ( fingir)
    :
    como si act as if
    5 L.Am.
    no le hace it doesn’t matter
    6 L.Am. ( parecer)
    :
    se me hace que it seems to me that
    :
    ¿hace? fam does that sound good?
    8
    :
    hacer de malo TEA play the villain
    :
    hace calor/frío it’s hot/cold;
    hace tres días three days ago;
    hace mucho (tiempo) a long time ago, long ago;
    desde hace un año for a year
    * * *
    hacer {40} vt
    1) : to make
    2) : to do, to perform
    3) : to force, to oblige
    los hice esperar: I made them wait
    hacer vi
    : to act
    haces bien: you're doing the right thing
    hacer v impers
    hacer frío: to be cold
    hace viento: it's windy
    2)
    hace : ago
    hace mucho tiempo: a long time ago, for a long time
    3)
    no le hace : it doesn't matter, it makes no difference
    4)
    hacer falta : to be necessary, to be needed
    * * *
    hacer vb
    1. (crear, fabricar, conseguir) to make [pt. & pp. made]
    ¿has hecho la cama? have you made your bed?
    2. (una actividad, trabajo) to do [pt. did; pp. done]
    ¿qué haces? what are you doing?
    ¿qué hacen tus padres? what do your parents do?
    ¿qué has hecho en el cole hoy? what did you do at school today?
    ¿has hecho los deberes? have you done your homework?
    ¿me haces un favor? can you do me a favour?
    4. (dar cierto aspecto) to make... look...
    5. (pensar) to think [pt. & pp. thought]
    6. (aparentar) to pretend
    8. (poner) to show [pt. showed; pp. shown] / to be on
    ¿hace mucho que esperas? have you been waiting long?
    hacer daño to hurt [pt. & pp. hurt]
    hacer el tonto to act the fool / to mess about
    hacer señas to signal [pt. & pp. signalled]
    hacer un dibujo to draw a picture [pt. drew; pp. drawn]
    hacer una casa to build a house [pt. & pp. built]
    hacer una foto to take a photo [pt. took; pp. taken]
    hacer una redacción to write an essay [pt. wrote; pp. written]

    Spanish-English dictionary > hacer

  • 11 महा _mahā

    1
    महा A cow.
    2
    महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note: The number of compounds of which महा is the first mem- ber is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.)
    -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives.
    -अङ्ग a. huge, bulky.
    -(ङ्गः) 1 a camel.
    -2 a kind of rat.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -अञ्जनः N. of a mountain.
    -अत्ययः a great danger or calamity.
    -अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead.
    -अध्वरः a great sacrifice.
    -अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage.
    -2 cooking utensils. (
    -सी) a kitchen-maid. (
    -सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2.
    -अनिलः a whirl- wind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59.
    -अनुभाव a.
    1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3.
    -2 virtuous, righteous, just.
    (-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person.
    -2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century.
    -अन्तकः 1 death.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness.
    -2 gross (spiritual) ignorance.
    -अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country.
    -अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (
    -यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent.
    -अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma.
    -अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king).
    -अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva.
    -अम्बुजम् a billion.
    -अम्ल a. very sour. (
    -म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest.
    -अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (
    -र्घः) a kind of quail.
    -अर्घ्य a.
    1 valuable, precious.
    -2 invaluable; ines- timable; see महार्ह below.
    -अर्चिस् a. flaming high.
    -अर्णवः 1 the great ocean.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 rich.
    -2 great, noble, dignified.
    -3 important, weighty.
    -4 significant.
    -अर्बुदम् one thousand millions.
    -अर्ह a.
    1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12.
    -2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (
    -र्हम्) white sandal-wood.
    -अवरोहः the fig-tree.
    -अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56.
    - अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4.
    -अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby.
    -अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता......
    -असिः a large sword.
    -असुरी N. of Durgā.
    -अह्नः the afternoon.
    -आकार a. extensive, large, great.
    -आचार्यः 1 a great teacher.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (
    -ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree.
    -आत्मन् a.
    1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63.
    -2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4.
    -3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.)
    1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54.
    -2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्).
    -आनकः a kind of large drum.
    -आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss.
    -2 espe- cially, the great bliss of final beatitude.
    (-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor.
    -2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha.
    -आपगा a great river.
    -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva.
    -आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (
    -म्भः) any great enterprize.
    -आलयः 1 a temple in general.
    -2 a sanctuary, an asylum.
    -3 a great dwelling.
    -4 a place of pilgrimage.
    -5 the world of Brahman.
    -6 the Supreme Spirit.
    -7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity.
    -8 N. of a particular dark fortnight.
    -9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādra- pada. (
    -या) N. of a particular deity.
    - आशय a. high- souled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्.
    (-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7.
    -2 the ocean.
    -आस्पद a.
    1 occupying a great position.
    -2 mighty, powerful.
    -आहवः a great or tumultuous fight.
    -इच्छ a.
    1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33.
    -2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37.
    -इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7.
    -2 a chief or leader in general.
    -3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52.
    -इभ्य a. very rich.
    -इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16.
    -इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4.
    -ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree.
    -ईशानी N. of Pārvatī.
    -ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu.
    -4 a god (opp. प्रकृति).
    -5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55.
    (-री) 1 N. of Durgā.
    -2 a kind of bell-metal.
    -उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63.
    -उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (
    -लः) the Sārasa bird.
    -उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36.
    -2 the god of love.
    -उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं...... Mb.3.91.2.
    (-हः) 1 perseverance.
    -2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38.
    -उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17.
    -2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conch- shell, shell.
    - उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity.
    (-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence.
    -2 final beatitude.
    -3 a lord, master.
    -4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App.
    -5 N. of the capital of Kanouja.
    -6 sour milk mixed with honey.
    -7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या).
    - उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent.
    -(रम्) 1 a big belly.
    -2 dropsy.
    -उदार a.
    1 very generous or magnanimous.
    -2 mighty, powerful.
    -उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते.
    -उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hard- working.
    -उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs).
    -उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (
    -तः) the palmyra tree.
    -उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank.
    -उपकारः a great obligation.
    -उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher.
    -उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98.
    -उरस्क a. broad-chested. (
    -स्कः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17.
    -उल्का 1 a great meteor.
    -2 a great fire-brand.
    -ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacri- ficial priests.
    -ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence.
    -ऋषभः a great bull.
    -ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage').
    -2 N. of Sacute;iva.
    -3 of Buddha.
    -ओघ a. having a strong current.
    -घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37.
    -ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (
    -ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour.
    -ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (
    -सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी).
    -ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी).
    -ओषधिः f.
    1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug.
    -2 the Dūrvā grass.
    -3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं....
    -औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea.
    -2 ginger.
    -3 garlic.
    -4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ).
    -कच्छः 1 the sea.
    -2 N. of Varuṇa.
    -3 a mountain.
    -कन्दः garlic.
    -कपर्दः a kind of shell.
    -कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree.
    -2 red garlic.
    -कम्बु a. stark naked. (
    -म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -कर a.
    1 large-handed.
    -2 having a large revenue.
    -कर्णः an epithet of Śiva.
    -कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva.
    -कला the night of the new moon.
    -कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69.
    -कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c.
    -2 an epithet of Śukra.
    -कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ).
    -कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (
    -ता) the earth.
    -काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky.
    (-यः) 1 an elephant.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu.
    -4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि).
    -कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate.
    -कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika.
    -कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram.
    -2 N. of a cele- brated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1.
    -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -4 N. of a kind of gourd.
    -5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29.
    -काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form.
    -काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-- रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas).
    -कीर्तनम् a house.
    -कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent.
    -कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (
    -लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent.
    -कुहः a species of parasitical worm.
    -कृच्छ्रम् a great penance.
    -केतुः N. of Śiva.
    -केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 a large sheath.
    -क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46.
    -क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva.
    -क्षत्रपः a great satrap.
    -क्षीरः sugar-cane.
    -क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara.
    -खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?).
    -गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्.
    -गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa.
    -गदः fever.
    -गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (
    -न्धः) a kind of cane. (
    -न्धम्) a kind of sandal- wood. (
    -न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā.
    -गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva.
    -गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी.
    -गल a. longnecked.
    -गवः Bos gavaeus.
    -गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (
    -णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue.
    -गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः).
    -गुल्मा the Soma plant.
    -गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump.
    -ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu.
    -2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6.
    -ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama.
    -ग्रीवः 1 a camel.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -ग्रीविन् m. a camel.
    -घूर्णा spirituous liquor.
    -घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes).
    -घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (
    -षम्) a market, fair. (
    -षः) a loud noise, clamour.
    -चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial.
    -चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch.
    -चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā.
    -चपला a kind of metre.
    -चमूः f. a large army.
    -छायः the fig-tree.
    -जङ्घः a camel.
    -जटः an epithet of Śiva.
    -जटा 1 a great braid of hair.
    -2 the matted hair of Śiva.
    -जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (
    -त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25.
    -2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7.
    -3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6.
    -4 the chief of a caste or trade.
    -5 a merchant, tradesman.
    -जवः an antelope.
    -जातीय a.
    1 rather large.
    -2 of an excellent kind.
    -जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी)
    -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva.
    -ज्ञानिन् m.
    1 a very learned man.
    -2 a great sage.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63.
    -ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -ज्वरः great affliction.
    -ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining.
    (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 a sacrificial fire.
    -डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.).
    -तपस् m.
    1 a great ascetic.
    -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल.
    -तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess.
    -तिक्तः the Nimba tree.
    -तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation.
    -तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (
    -क्ष्णा) the marking- nut plant.
    -तेजस् a.
    1 possessed of great lustre or splendour.
    -2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.)
    1 a hero, warrior.
    -2 fire.
    -3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver.
    -त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva.
    -दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger.
    -दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -दण्डः 1 a long arm.
    -2 a severe punishment.
    -दम्भः an epithet of Śiva.
    -दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet.
    -दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्.
    -दारु n. the devadāru tree.
    -दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt.
    -दूषकः a kind of grain.
    -देवः N. of Śiva.
    (-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī.
    -2 the chief queen.
    -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree.
    -द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple.
    -धन a.
    1 rich.
    -2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13.
    (-नम्) 1 gold.
    -2 incense.
    -3 a costly or rich dress.
    -4 agriculture, husbandry.
    -5 anything costly or precious.
    -6 great booty.
    -7 a great battle (Ved.).
    -धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -धातुः 1 gold.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 lymph.
    -4 N. of Meru.
    -धी a. having a great understanding.
    -धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox.
    -ध्वजः a camel.
    -ध्वनिक a. dead.
    -नग्नः an athlete; Buddh.
    -नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु...... तनोति...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās.
    -नदः a great river.
    -नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1.
    -2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal.
    -नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor.
    -2 N. of a river.
    -3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता....
    -नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells.
    -नलः a kind of reed.
    -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता.
    -नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D.:-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥
    -नाडी sinew, tendon.
    -नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar.
    -2 a great drum.
    -3 a thunder-cloud.
    -4 a shell.
    -5 an elephant.
    -6 a lion.
    -7 the ear.
    -8 a camel.
    -9 an epithet of Śiva. (
    -दम्) a musical instrument.
    -नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda.
    -2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा.
    -नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls.
    -2 a great head or chief.
    -नासः an epithet of Śiva.
    -निद्र a. fast asleep. (
    -द्रा) 'the great sleep', death.
    -निम्नम् intestines, abdomen.
    -नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists).
    -निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम्
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -नीचः a washerman.
    -नील a. dark-blue. (
    -लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire.
    -नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva.
    -नेमिः a crow.
    -न्यायः the chief rule.
    -पक्ष a.
    1 having many adherents.
    -2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179.
    (-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa.
    -2 a kind of duck. (
    -क्षी) an owl.
    -पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre.
    -पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥
    -पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥
    -पटः the skin.
    -पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3.
    -2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death.
    -3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven.
    -4 an epithet of Śiva.
    -5 the long pilgrimage to mount Ke- dāra.
    -6 the way to heaven.
    -7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra.
    -पथिक a.
    1 undertaking great journeys.
    -2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः)
    -पद्मः 1 a particular high number.
    -2 N. of Nārada.
    -3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera.
    -4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world.
    -5 an epithet of Nanda.
    -6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera.
    (-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus.
    -2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda.
    -पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch.
    -पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon.
    -पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324.
    -पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58.
    -पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154.
    -2 any great sin or transgression.
    -पात्रः a prime minister.
    -पादः an epithet of Śiva.
    -पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked.
    -पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P.
    -पुंसः a great man.
    -पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7.
    -2 the Supreme Spirit.
    -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1.
    -पुष्पः a kind of worm.
    -पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions.
    -पृष्ठः a camel.
    -पोटगलः a kind of large reed.
    -प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper.
    -प्रपञ्चः the great universe.
    -प्रभ a. of great lustre. (
    -भः) the light of a lamp.
    -प्रभुः 1 a great lord.
    -2 a king, sovereign.
    -3 a chief.
    -4 an epithet of Indra.
    -5 of Śiva
    -6 of Viṣṇu.
    -7 a great saint or holy man.
    -प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inha- bitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत...... Ve.3.4.
    -प्रश्नः a knotty question.
    -प्रसादः 1 a great favour.
    -2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः
    -प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death.
    -2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365.
    -प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates.
    -2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-- ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्.
    -3 a raven.
    -प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K.
    -प्रेतः a noble departed spirit.
    -प्लवः a great flood, deluge;... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71.
    -फल a.
    1 bearing much fruit.
    -2 bringing much reward.
    (-ला) 1 a bitter gourd.
    -2 a kind of spear.
    (-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward.
    -2 a testicle.
    -फेना the cuttle-fish bone.
    -बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet.
    -बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes.
    -बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām
    (-लः) 1 wind, storm.
    -2 a Buddha.
    -3 a solid bamboo.
    -4 a palm.
    -5 a crocodile.
    -बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (
    -लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara.
    -बाध a. causing great pain or damage.
    -बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (
    -हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere.
    -2 the heart.
    -3 a water-jar, pitcher.
    -4 a hole, cave.
    -बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas.
    -बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva.
    -बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum.
    -बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain).
    -बुशः barley.
    -बृहती a kind of metre.
    -बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha.
    -2 a Buddha.
    -ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit.
    -ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa.
    -भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg.
    -भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā.
    -भाग a.
    1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous.
    -2 illustrious, distinguished, glo- rious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192.
    -3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16.
    -भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity.
    -2 great excel- lence or merit.
    -भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (
    -तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu.
    -भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous.
    -भाण्डम् a chief treasury.
    -भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते
    -भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary.
    -2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini.
    -भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni.
    -भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू).
    -भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu.
    -भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly.
    -भुज a. long-armed, powerful.
    -भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6.
    (-तः) 1 the Supreme Being.
    -2 a great creature.
    -भोगः 1 a great enjoyment.
    -2 a great coil or hood; great winding.
    -3 a serpent. (
    -गा) an epi- thet of Durgā.
    -मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -मति a.
    1 high-minded.
    -2 clever. (
    -तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter.
    -मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster.
    -मद a. greatly intoxicated. (
    -दः) an elephant in rut.
    -मनस्, -मनस्क a.
    1 high-minded, noble- minded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7.
    -2 liberal.
    -3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v.
    -मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas.
    -2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell.
    -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier.
    -मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess.
    -मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi.
    -महः a great festive procession; Sinhās.
    -महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky).
    -महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor.
    -2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c.
    -मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.).
    -माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha.
    -मात्र a.
    1 great in measure, very great or large.
    -2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37.
    (-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high state- official, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1.
    -2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161.
    -3 a superintendent of elephants.
    (-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister.
    -2 the wife of a spiritual teacher.
    -मानसी N. of a Jain goddess.
    -मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6.
    -मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent.
    -2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya.
    -मायूरम् a particular drug. (
    -री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh.
    -मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic.
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads.
    -मालः N. of Śiva.
    -माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva.
    -मुखः a crocodile.
    -मुद्रा a parti- cular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga).
    -मुनिः 1 a great sage.
    -2 N. of Vyāsa.
    -3 an epithet of Buddha.
    -4 of Agastya.
    -5 the coriander plant. (
    -नि n.)
    1 coriander seed.
    -2 any medicinal herb or drug.
    -मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -मूलम् a large radish. (
    -लः) a kind of onion.
    -मूल्य a. very costly. (
    -ल्यः) a ruby.
    -मृगः 1 any large animal.
    -2 an elephant,
    -3 the fabulous animal called शरभ.
    -मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva.
    -मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug.
    -मृधम् a great battle.
    -मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P.
    -मेधा an epithet of Durgā.
    -मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (
    -हा) an epithet of Durgā.
    -यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.).
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19.
    -यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated.
    -यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares.
    -यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promul- gated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान).
    -याम्यः an epi- thet of Viṣṇu.
    -युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men.
    -योगिन् m.
    1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -3 a cock.
    -योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ.
    -रक्तम् coral.
    -रङ्गः a large stage.
    -रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28.
    -2 the thorn-apple.
    -रजनम् 1 safflower.
    -2 gold.
    -3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6.
    -रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56.
    -रथः 1 a great chariot.
    -2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥).
    -3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ.
    -रवः a frog.
    -रस a. very savoury.
    (-सः) 1 a sugar- cane.
    -2 quicksilver.
    -3 a precious mineral.
    -4 the fruit of the date tree.
    -5 any one of the eight substan- ces given below:-- दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (
    -सम्) sour ricewater.
    -राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184.
    -2 a respect- ful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb.
    -3 a deified Jaina teacher.
    -4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, para- mount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree.
    -राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.).
    -राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign.
    -राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king.
    -2 N. of Durgā.
    -रात्रम् midnight, dead of night.
    -रात्रिः, -त्री f.
    1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः.
    -2 midnight.
    -3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina.
    -राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās.
    -2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (
    -ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-- महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34.
    -रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains.
    -रुज्, -ज a. very painful.
    -रुद्रः a form of Śiva.
    -रुरुः a species of antelope.
    -रूप a. mighty in form.
    (-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 resin.
    -रूपकम् a kind of drama.
    -रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight:-- उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥).
    -रौद्र a. very dreadful. (
    -द्री) an epithet of Durgā.
    -रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9.
    -लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्.
    -2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival.
    -लयः 1 a great world destruction.
    -2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्).
    -लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (
    -ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -लोलः a crow.
    -लोहम् a magnet.
    -वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century).
    -वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva.
    -वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana.
    -वरा Dūrvā grass.
    -वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation.
    -वर्तनम् high wages;
    -वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper.
    -2 a large creeping plant.
    -वसः the porpoise.
    -वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa.
    -वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence.
    -2 any continuous composition or literary work.
    -3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c.
    -4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25.
    -वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावाता<?>तैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22.
    -वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant.
    -वायुः 1 air (as an element).
    -2 stormy wind, hur- ricane, tempest.
    -वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras.
    -विडम् a kind of factitious salt.
    -विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy.
    -विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः... ॥
    -विपुला a kind of metre.
    -विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः.
    -विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva.
    -विषः a serpent having two mouths.
    -विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries).
    -विस्तर a. very extensive or copious.
    -वीचिः N. of a hell.
    -वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior.
    -2 a lion.
    -3 the thunderbolt of Indra.
    -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -5 of Garuḍa.
    -6 of Hanumat.
    -7 a cuckoo.
    -8 a white horse.
    -9 a sacrificial fire.
    -1 a sacrificial vessel.
    -11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti.
    -वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful.
    (-र्यः) 1 N. of Brah- man.
    -2 the Supreme Being. (
    -र्या) the wild cotton shrub.
    -2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun.
    -वृषः a great bull.
    -वेग a.
    1 very swift or fleet.
    (-गः) 1 great speed, excessive velocity.
    -2 an ape.
    -3 the bird Garuḍa.
    -वेघः a particular position of hands or feet (in the practice of Yoga).
    -वेल a. billowy.
    -व्याधिः f.
    1 a great disease.
    -2 a very bad kind of leprosy (black leprosy).
    -व्याहृतिः f. a great mystical word, i. e. भूर्, भुवस् and स्वर्.
    -व्रत a. very devotional, rigidly observing vows.
    (-तम्) 1 a great vow, a great reli- gious observance; a vow for not taking even water for a month; महाव्रतं चरेद्यस्तु Mb.12.35.22 (com. महाव्रतं मासमात्रं जलस्यापि त्यागः).
    -2 any great or funda- mental duty; प्राणैरपि हिता वृत्तिरद्रोहो व्याजवर्जनम् । आत्मनीव प्रियाधानमेतन्मैत्रीमहाव्रतम् Mv.5.59; क्रतौ महाव्रते पश्यन् ब्रह्मचारी- त्वरीरतम् N.17.23.
    -व्रतिन् m.
    1 a devotee, an ascetic.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -शक्तिः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Kārtikeya.
    -शङ्कुः the sine of the sun's eleva- tion.
    -शङ्खः 1 a great conch-shell; पौण्ड्रं दध्मौ महाशङ्खं Bg.1.15; महाशङ्खमयी माला ताराविद्याजपे प्रिया Tantra.
    -2 the temporal bone, forehead.
    -3 a human bone.
    -4 a particular high number.
    -5 one of Kubera's treasures.
    -शठः a kind of thorn-apple.
    -शब्द a. making a loud sound, very noisy, boisterous.
    -शल्कः a kind of sea- crab or prawn; Ms.3.272.
    -शालः a great householder.
    -शालिः a kind of large and sweetsmelling rice.
    -शाल्वणम् ('great fomentation') N. of a remedy; Suśr.
    -शासन a.
    1 exercising great power.
    -2 whose commands are great; त्रैलोक्यघिपतित्वमेव विरसं यस्मिन् महा- शासने Bh.3.8.
    (-नम्) 1 the knowledge of Brahma as expounded in the Upaniṣadas.
    -2 great order of government.
    -शिरस् m. a kind of serpent.
    -शिवरात्रिः N. of a festival on the 14th day of the dark half of Māgha,
    -शुक्तिः f. a pearl-shell.
    -शुक्ला an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -शुभ्रम् silver.
    -शूद्रः (-द्री f.)
    1 a Sūdra in a high position.
    -2 a cowherd.
    -3 an upper servant. (
    -द्री) a female cow-keeper. (
    -द्रा) a Śudra woman in a high position.
    -शून्यम् a particular mental condi- tion of a Yogin.
    -शृङ्गः 1 a species of stag.
    -2 the शरभ animal.
    -श्मशानम् an epithet of Benares.
    -श्यामा the Sissoo tree. (Mar. शिसवी).
    -श्रमणः 1 an epithet of Buddha.
    -2 a Jain monk.
    -श्लक्ष्णा sand.
    -श्वासः a kind of asthma.
    -श्वेता 1 an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -2 of Durgā.
    -3 white sugar.
    -संहिता great combi- nation.
    -संक्रान्तिः f. the winter solstice.
    -सती a very chaste woman.
    -सत्ता absolute existence.
    -सत्यः an epithet of Yama.
    -सत्त्व a.
    1 noble.
    -2 very strong or powerful.
    -3 just, righteous.
    (-त्त्वः) 1 a large animal.
    -2 N. of Sākyamuni.
    -3 an epithet of Kubera.
    -संधिविग्रहः the office of the minister of peace and war.
    -सन्नः an epithet of Kubera.
    -सन्निः m. (in music) a kind of measure.
    -समुद्रः the great ocean.
    -सर्गः a great or completely new creation (after a complete destruction of the world).
    -सर्जः the bread- fruit or jack-tree.
    -साधनभागः a great executive officer.
    -सांतपनः a kind of very rigid penance; see Ms.11. 218.
    -सांधिविग्रहिकः a minister of peace and war.
    -सामन्तः a great vassal.
    -सामान्यम् the widest genera- lity.
    -सारः a kind of Khadira tree.
    -सारथिः an epithet of Aruṇa.
    -साहसम् great violence or outrage, great audacity.
    -साहसिकः a dacoit, highwayman, a daring robber.
    -सिंहः the fabulous animal called Śarabha.
    -सिद्धिः f. a kind of magical power.
    -सुखम् 1 great pleasure.
    -2 copulation. (
    -खः) a Buddha.
    -सुगन्धम् a fragrant unguent.
    -सुगन्धिः a kind of antidote.
    -सुधा silver; Gīrvāṇa.
    -सुभिक्षम् good times.
    -सूक्तः the composer of the great Sūktas or hymns of the 1th Maṇḍala of the Ṛigveda.
    -सूक्ष्मा sand.
    -सूतः a mili- tary drum.
    -सेनः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya; महासेन- प्रसूतिं तद्ययौ शरवणं महत् Rām.7.16.1.
    -2 the commander of a large army. (
    -ना) a great army.
    -स्कन्धः a camel.
    -स्थली the earth.
    -स्थानम् a great position.
    -स्नेहः a combination of the 4 kinds of fat.
    -स्मृतिः the Ṣaḍaṅgas and Smṛitis; महास्मृतिं पठेद्यस्तु तथैवानुस्मृतिं शुभाम् Mb.12.2.3.
    -स्रोतस् n. the bowels.
    -स्रग्विन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -स्वनः a kind of drum.
    -हंसः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -हविस् n. clarified butter.
    -हस्तः an epithet of Śiva.
    -हासः a loud or boisterous laughter, cachinnation.
    -हिमवत् m. N. of a mountain.
    -ह्रस्वा N. of a plant (Mar. कुहिली).

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > महा _mahā

  • 12 aufstellen

    (trennb., hat -ge-)
    I v/t
    1. (hinstellen) set up, put up; (anordnen); in einer Reihe: line up; (stapeln) stack; (Wachposten) post, station
    2. (aufrichten) (Umgefallenes) ( wieder) aufstellen stand up (again); (Kragen) turn up (one’s collar); (Ohren, Stacheln) prick up; (Fell) bristle
    3. (aufbauen) (Falle) set; (Leiter) stand up; (montieren) assemble, mount; (Gerät, Maschine) install, put in ( oder up), fit; (Baracke) construct, set up; (Gerüst) erect, put ( oder set) up; (Zelt) pitch; (Denkmal, Schild etc.) erect, put up; MIL. (Raketen etc.) deploy
    4. (zusammenstellen) (Mannschaft) pick, select, put together; (Truppen) raise
    5. (benennen) (Kandidaten) put forward, field; jemanden als Kandidaten aufstellen nominate s.o. as a candidate; sich für eine Wahl aufstellen lassen run (oder Brit. stand) (as a candidate) for election
    6. (ausarbeiten) (Liste, Tabelle, Bilanz) draw up
    7. (formulieren) (Grundsatz) lay down, establish; (Regel) make, put forward; (Theorie) propose, advance; MATH. (Problem) state, pose; (Gleichung) form, set up; eine Behauptung aufstellen make an assertion, claim ( oder maintain) s.th.; eine Forderung aufstellen put forward a claim, make a demand
    8. WIRTS. die Kosten aufstellen state the charges, itemize the costs; eine Statistik aufstellen draw up statistics Pl.; eine Rechnung aufstellen draw ( oder make) up a bill
    9. SPORT: (Rekord) set (up), establish
    10. Dial. (Essen auf den Herd) put on
    II v/refl
    1. Person: position o.s., take one’s stand ( vor in front of); in Reihen: get into line; Pl. line up; MIL. fall in; (hintereinander) form a queue (Am. line); sich im Kreis aufstellen form a circle
    2. Fell, Haare: bristle, rise; Ohren, Stacheln: prick up
    * * *
    to set; to plant; to arrange; to station; to situate; to position; to embattle; to dispose; to put up;
    sich aufstellen
    to line up
    * * *
    auf|stel|len sep
    1. vt
    1) (= aufrichten, aufbauen) to put up (
    auf +dat on); etw Liegendes to stand up; Zelt to pitch, to put up; Schild, Mast, Denkmal to erect, to put up; Kegel to set up; Maschine to put in, to install; Falle to set; (MIL) to deploy; (= postieren) Wachposten to post, to station; Wagen to line up; (= hochstellen) Kragen to turn up; (= aufrichten) Ohren, Stacheln to prick up
    2) Essen etc ( auf Herd) to put on
    3) (fig = zusammenstellen) Truppe to raise; (SPORT ) Spieler to select, to pick; Mannschaft to draw up
    4) (= benennen) Kandidaten to nominate
    5) (= erzielen) Rekord to set (up)
    6) Forderung, Behauptung, Vermutung to put forward; System to establish; Programm, Satzungen, Rechnung to draw up; Liste to make, to draw up
    7)
    See:
    2. vr
    1) (= sich postieren) to stand; (hintereinander) to line up; (Soldaten) to fall into line

    sich im Karree/Kreis etc áúfstellen — to form a square/circle etc

    2) (Ohren etc) to prick up
    * * *
    1) (to arrange in an acceptable form or order: They drew up the soldiers in line; The solicitor drew up a contract for them to sign.) draw up
    2) (to set upright (a mast etc).) erect
    3) (to arrange or construct: He set up the apparatus for the experiment.) set up
    4) (to arrange soldiers in order: The colonel paraded his soldiers.) parade
    5) (to put in a row or rows: The two armies were ranged on opposite sides of the valley.) range
    6) (to put (a person, oneself, troops etc in a place or position to perform some duty): He stationed himself at the corner of the road to keep watch; The regiment is stationed abroad.) station
    * * *
    auf|stel·len
    I. vt
    ▪ etw \aufstellen to put up sth sep
    eine Anlage/Maschine \aufstellen to install a system/machine [or sep put in]
    ein Denkmal \aufstellen to erect [or raise] a monument
    eine Falle \aufstellen to set [or lay] a trap
    einen Mast/eine Wand \aufstellen to erect [or put up] a mast/wall
    ein Schild \aufstellen to put up a plaque
    2. (erheben)
    ▪ etw \aufstellen to put forward [or form forth] sth sep
    ▪ etw \aufstellen to draw up sth sep
    eine Theorie \aufstellen to elaborate a theory a. form
    ▪ etw \aufstellen to draw up sep [or make [out sep]] sth
    eine Rechnung \aufstellen to make out [or up] sep an invoice
    eine Tabelle \aufstellen to compile [or sep make up] a table
    ▪ jdn [als etw/für etw akk] \aufstellen to nominate sb [sth/for [or as] sth]
    ▪ jdn \aufstellen to post [or station] sb
    eine Mannschaft \aufstellen to organize a team [or to field a team]
    Truppen \aufstellen to raise [or muster] troops
    ▪ etw \aufstellen to put on sth sep
    ▪ etw \aufstellen to set sth
    ▪ etw \aufstellen to stand up sth sep, to set sth upright
    ▪ etw \aufstellen to prick up sth sep
    ▪ jdn \aufstellen to pick [or perk] up sb sep
    ▪ aufgestellt [sein] [to be] perky
    II. vr
    1. (sich hinstellen)
    ▪ sich akk \aufstellen to stand; Wachen to be posted
    sich akk vor dem Tor \aufstellen to stand [or a. hum plant oneself] in front of the goal
    sich akk hintereinander \aufstellen to line up; Soldaten to fall into line
    sich akk im Kreis \aufstellen to form a circle
    2. (sich hochstellen) Haare to raise, to bristle; Ohren to prick up; Katzenfell to bristle
    * * *
    1.
    1) (hinstellen) put up (auf + Akk. on); set up < skittles>; (aufrecht stellen) stand up
    2) (postieren) post; station
    3) (bilden) put together < team>; raise < army>; (Sport) select, pick < team>
    4) (nominieren) nominate; put up; (Sport): (auswählen) select, pick < player>
    5) (errichten) put up; put up, erect <scaffolding, monument>; put in, install < machine>
    6) (hochstellen) erect < spines>; turn up < collar>; prick up < ears>
    7) (ausarbeiten) work out <programme, budget, plan>; draw up <statute, balance sheet>; make [out], draw up < list>; set up < hypothesis>; establish < norm>; prepare < statistics>; devise < formula>
    8) (erzielen) set up, establish < record>
    9) (formulieren) put forward <theory, conjecture, demand>
    2.
    reflexives Verb position or place oneself; take up position; (in einer Reihe, zum Tanz) line up
    * * *
    aufstellen (trennb, hat -ge-)
    A. v/t
    1. (hinstellen) set up, put up; (anordnen); in einer Reihe: line up; (stapeln) stack; (Wachposten) post, station
    (wieder) aufstellen stand up (again); (Kragen) turn up (one’s collar); (Ohren, Stacheln) prick up; (Fell) bristle
    3. (aufbauen) (Falle) set; (Leiter) stand up; (montieren) assemble, mount; (Gerät, Maschine) install, put in ( oder up), fit; (Baracke) construct, set up; (Gerüst) erect, put ( oder set) up; (Zelt) pitch; (Denkmal, Schild etc) erect, put up; MIL (Raketen etc) deploy
    4. (zusammenstellen) (Mannschaft) pick, select, put together; (Truppen) raise
    5. (benennen) (Kandidaten) put forward, field;
    jemanden als Kandidaten aufstellen nominate sb as a candidate;
    sich für eine Wahl aufstellen lassen run (oder Br stand) (as a candidate) for election
    6. (ausarbeiten) (Liste, Tabelle, Bilanz) draw up
    7. (formulieren) (Grundsatz) lay down, establish; (Regel) make, put forward; (Theorie) propose, advance; MATH (Problem) state, pose; (Gleichung) form, set up;
    eine Behauptung aufstellen make an assertion, claim ( oder maintain) sth;
    eine Forderung aufstellen put forward a claim, make a demand
    8. WIRTSCH
    die Kosten aufstellen state the charges, itemize the costs;
    eine Statistik aufstellen draw up statistics pl;
    eine Rechnung aufstellen draw ( oder make) up a bill
    9. SPORT: (Rekord) set (up), establish
    10. dial (Essen auf den Herd) put on
    B. v/r
    1. Person: position o.s., take one’s stand (
    vor in front of); in Reihen: get into line; pl line up; MIL fall in; (hintereinander) form a queue (US line);
    2. Fell, Haare: bristle, rise; Ohren, Stacheln: prick up
    * * *
    1.
    1) (hinstellen) put up (auf + Akk. on); set up < skittles>; (aufrecht stellen) stand up
    2) (postieren) post; station
    3) (bilden) put together < team>; raise < army>; (Sport) select, pick < team>
    4) (nominieren) nominate; put up; (Sport): (auswählen) select, pick < player>
    5) (errichten) put up; put up, erect <scaffolding, monument>; put in, install < machine>
    6) (hochstellen) erect < spines>; turn up < collar>; prick up < ears>
    7) (ausarbeiten) work out <programme, budget, plan>; draw up <statute, balance sheet>; make [out], draw up < list>; set up < hypothesis>; establish < norm>; prepare < statistics>; devise < formula>
    8) (erzielen) set up, establish < record>
    9) (formulieren) put forward <theory, conjecture, demand>
    2.
    reflexives Verb position or place oneself; take up position; (in einer Reihe, zum Tanz) line up
    * * *
    n.
    deployment n.
    placement n.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > aufstellen

  • 13 riformare

    ( rifare) re-shape, re-form; ( cambiare) reform
    military declare unfit
    * * *
    riformare v.tr.
    1 ( formare di nuovo) to re-form: riformare un partito politico, to re-form a political party
    2 ( sottoporre a riforma) to reform, to amend: riformare una legge, to reform (o to amend) a law; riformare un ordine religioso, to reform a religious order; riformare la scuola, to introduce educational reforms; riformare un regola-mento, to reform a rule; riformare un contratto, to amend a contract
    3 (mil.) to reject.
    ◘ riformarsi v.intr.pron. to re-form.
    * * *
    [rifor'mare]
    1. vt
    1) (formare di nuovo) to form again, re-form
    2) Rel, Pol to reform, (Mil : recluta) to declare unfit for military service, (soldato) to discharge, invalid out
    (formarsi di nuovo) to form again, re-form
    * * *
    [rifor'mare] 1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) (formare di nuovo) to reform, to form [sth.] again
    3) mil. to declare [sb.] unfit for service, to invalid [sb.] out of the army
    2.
    verbo pronominale riformarsi [ ghiaccio] to reform, to form again
    * * *
    riformare
    /rifor'mare/ [1]
     1 (formare di nuovo) to reform, to form [sth.] again
     3 mil. to declare [sb.] unfit for service, to invalid [sb.] out of the army
    II riformarsi verbo pronominale
     [ ghiaccio] to reform, to form again.

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > riformare

  • 14 apud

    ăpŭd ( apud down to the time of Caesar, Corp. Inscr. I. 30; I. 196; and after 45 B. C. both apud, Inscr. Orell. 206; 818, and aput, ib. 206; 15; 34; another form of apud was apor, Paul. ex Fest. p. 26 Mull. apud, Ritschl, Rib. in Trag. et Com. Rel., Mull. in Lucil., and Dietsch in Sall.; aput, Lachm., Fleck. in Plaut.; both apud and aput, Mull. in Cat. and Rib. in Verg.) [Corssen once regarded apud as connected with apisci, as juxta with jungo, Ausspr. I. p. 335, 1st ed., but afterwards, ib. 2d ed. I. p. 197, he adopted Pott's view, that it was comp. of Sanscr. api, = to, toward, near (Gr. epi), and ad, old form ar, which view the form apor favors, and thus its strict meaning would be on to, unto; v. infra, IV.]; prep. gov. acc., with, at, by, near (regularly with words denoting rest, and primarily of persons, while ad properly designates only direction, motion, extension, etc., and is chiefly used of places; the diff. between apud and penes is given in Paul. ex Fest. p. 22 Mull.: apud et penes in hoc differunt, quod alterum personam cum loco significat, alterum personam et dominium ac potestatem; v. penes, and cf. Nep. Them. 7, 2: ad ephoros Lacedaemoniorum accessit, penes quos summum imperium erat, atque apud eos (v. infra, I. B. 2. a.) contendit, etc.; and for the difference between ad and apud, cf. Lucil. 9, 58 sq. Mull.: apud se longe alid est, neque idem valet ad se: Intro nos vocat ad sese, tenet intus apud se; syn.: ad, prope, coram, inter, in with abl.; rare in early Lat.; very freq. in Plaut., less freq. in Ter., seven times in Verg., five times in Juv., three times in Catull., twice in Ov, and once in Hor. and Prop.; never in Tib. or Pers.; very freq. in Cic., the historians, and the Vulg.).
    I.
    A.. In designating nearness in respect of persons, with, near: apud ipsum adstas, Att. ap. Non. p. 522, 25:

    adsum apud te, genitor,

    id. ib. p. 522, 32:

    alteram (partem) apud me adponito,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 60:

    nunc hic apud te servio,

    id. Capt. 2, 2, 62:

    scriptorum non magnast copia apud me,

    Cat. 68, 33 Mull.:

    mane apud me,

    Vulg. Gen. 29, 19:

    Advocatum habemus apud Patrem,

    ib. 1 Joan. 2, 1:

    cum in lecto Crassus esset et apud eum Sulpicius sederet,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 3, 12; so id. Pis. 26, and id. Rep. 3, 28.—
    B.
    Esp.
    1.
    a.. With a pron. or subst., apud me, te, se, aliquem, etc., with me, in my house, etc., in one's house, at the house of a person; Fr. chez moi, chez vous, chez soi, etc.:

    Quis heri apud te? Naev., Com. Rel. p. 9 Rib.: dico eum esse apud me,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 2, 15; 4, 2, 73:

    hic apud me hortum confodere jussi,

    id. Aul. 2, 2, 66:

    si commodumst, apud me, sis, volo,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 110:

    condixerant cenam apud me, Turp., Com. Rel. p. 108 Rib.: quid nunc virgo? Nempe apud test?

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 159:

    Quid sibi volunt homines isti apud te?

    Vulg. Num. 22, 9; ib. Matt. 26, 18:

    cenabis bene apud me,

    Cat. 13, 1:

    apud me habitavit,

    Cic. Clu. 33; id. Verr. 4, 111; 5, 77:

    apud te cenavit,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 58; id. Verr. 4, 49; id. Cael. 26; id. Deiot. 32:

    in curia posita potius quam rure apud te, Titin., Com. Rel. p. 142 Rib.: mane apud me etiam hodie,

    Vulg. Jud. 19, 9:

    tenet intus apud se,

    Lucil. 9, 59 Mull.:

    Pompeius petiit, ut secum et apud se essem cotidie,

    Cic. Att. 5, 6:

    apud se fecit manere,

    Vulg. Jud. 19, 7; ib. Luc. 11, 37:

    de gladiis, quae apud ipsum erant deprehensa,

    Cic. Cat. 3, 10:

    Cum postridie apud eundem ventum exspectans manerem,

    id. Phil. 1, 8:

    mansit apud eum quattuor mensibus,

    Vulg. Jud. 19, 2; ib. Act. 28, 14:

    apud quem deversatus es,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 37: apud nympham Calypsonem, Liv. And. ap. Prisc. p. 685 (cf. Hom. Od. 4, 557: Numphês en megaroisi Kalupsous):

    habitasti apud Heium Messanae,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 18; id. Cael. 51:

    Fuisti apud Laecam illa nocte,

    id. Cat. 1, 4, 9; id. de Or. 1, 22, 104; id. Att. 1, 8:

    apud Ostorium Scapulam epulatur,

    Tac. A. 14, 48:

    apud Cornelium Primum juxta Velabrum delituit,

    id. H. 3, 74; 1, 14:

    Factum est, ut moraretur apud Simonem quendam,

    Vulg. Act. 9, 43:

    invenient hominem apud sororem tuam occultantem se,

    Cic. Dom. 83:

    qui apud te esset eductus,

    id. Quinct. 69:

    apud quem erat educatus,

    id. Lael. 20, 75:

    cum alter ejus filius apud matrem educaretur,

    id. Clu. 27:

    disciplina C. Cassii, apud quem educatus erat,

    Tac. A. 15, 52:

    se apud Q. Mucium jus civile didicisse,

    id. Or. 30:

    apud eosdem magistratus institutus,

    Suet. Calig. 24:

    servorum manus tamquam apud senem festinantes,

    Tac. H. 1, 7:

    in convivio apud regem,

    id. A. 2, 57: Bene vale;

    apud Orcum te videbo,

    in the abode of Orcus, Plaut. As. 3, 3, 16:

    sacrificasse apud deos, i. e. in templis deorum,

    Tac. A. 11, 27:

    frater apud Othonem militans,

    in the army of Otho, id. H. 2, 26; so,

    nec solum apud Caecinam (cognoscebatur id damnum composuisse),

    id. ib. 2, 27:

    quorum sint legati apud se,

    in his camp, Caes. B. G. 4, 8; cf.:

    Quos cum apud se in castris Ariovistus conspexisset,

    id. ib. 1, 47:

    dici hoc potest, Apud portitores eas (litteras) resignatas sibi,

    at the custom-house, Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 64; 3, 3, 80:

    Quantillum argenti mihi apud trapezitam siet,

    at the banker's, id. Capt. 1, 2, 90:

    duo genera materiarum apud rhetoras tractantur, i. e. in scholis rhetorum, as he says just before,

    Tac. Or. 35.—Apud me etc. is sometimes added to domi or in aedibus, or interchanges with domi: Me. Ubi namst, quaeso? Ch. Apud me domi, Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 21:

    a me insidias apud me domi positas esse dixerunt,

    Cic. Sest. 41:

    domi esse apud sese archipiratas dixit duos,

    id. Verr. 5, 73; so Vulg. Gen. 27, 15:

    quae (signa) cognovi apud istum in aedibus,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 50:

    esse illa signa domi suae, non esse apud Verrem,

    id. ib. 4, 16:

    nihil apud hanc lautum, pistor domi nullus,

    id. Pis. 67; id. Clu. 165.—Hence,
    b.
    Trop.: apud se esse, to be at home, i. e. to be in one's senses, be one's self, be sane (only in conversational lang.; most freq. in Ter.; cf. Gr. en heautôi einai, Ar. Vesp. 642; opp. vecors, amens esse, to be out of one's wits, beside one's self; so Gr. phrenôn exestanai, Eur. Or. 1021):

    Sumne ego apud me?

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 36:

    Non sum apud me,

    Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 26, and Afran., Com. Rel, p. 170 Rib.:

    Prae iracundia, Menedeme, non sum apud me,

    Ter. Heaut. 5, 1, 48:

    Vix sum apud me: ita animus commotust metu, spe, gaudio,

    id. And. 5, 4, 34:

    Num tibi videtur esse apud sese?

    id. Hec. 4, 4, 85 (quasi ob amorem meretricis insanus, Don.):

    proin tu fac, apud te ut sies,

    id. And. 2, 4, 5 (= ut praeparatus sis, Don.); Petr. 129.—
    2.
    In respect of persons, in whose presence or before whom any thing is done or takes place, esp. of discussions or debates in which the persons have the right of decision (Web. Uebungsch. p. 33), before, in the presence of, = coram, ad.
    a.
    Of civil or military affairs, before:

    cum res agatur apud praetorem populi Romani et apud severissimos judices,

    Cic. Arch. 3:

    apud eosdem judices reus est factus,

    id. Clu. 22, 59:

    vis de his judicari apud me?

    Vulg. Act. 25, 9:

    accusavit fratres suos apud patrem,

    ib. Gen. 37, 2; ib. 1 Macc. 7, 6; ib. Joan. 5, 45:

    hoc, quod nunc apud pontifices agis,

    Cic. Dom. 51; 117:

    istud ne apud eum quidem dictatorem quisquam egit isto modo,

    id. Lig. 12:

    qui hanc causam aliquotiens apud te egit,

    id. Quinct. 30; so id. Verr. 2, 100; 3, 114; id. Caecin. 69; id. Sest. 120:

    (populus Romanus) mihi potestatem apud se agendi dedit,

    id. Verr. 5, 173: Repulsior secunda collatione dixit Cato in ea, quae est contra Cornelium apud populum, Paul. ex Fest. p. 286 Mull.:

    tutoresne defendent apud istius modi praetorem?

    Cic. Verr. 1, 153; id. Clu. 126: apud te cum sim defensurus me, Vulg. Act. [p. 146] 26, 2:

    omnia apud praetores gererentur,

    Tac. Or. 38:

    causam nescio quam apud judicem defendebat,

    Cic. Clu. 74; so Tac. A. 3, 12; id. Or. 19:

    apud te defendit alium in ea voluntate non fuisse, in qua te,

    Cic. Lig. 6:

    apud judicem causam dicere,

    id. Quinct. 43; id. Verr. 1, 26; id. Sex. Rosc. 85:

    apud aliquem dicere,

    id. Lig. 6; id. Deiot. 4:

    verba apud senatum fecit,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 20:

    habita apud senatum oratione,

    Tac. A. 12, 25; 6, 8:

    haec apud patres disseruit,

    id. ib. 2, 43; 4, 2;

    4, 6: modeste apud vos socius populi Romani questus est,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 18:

    Quae est ergo apud Caesarem querella?

    id. Lig. 25:

    isne apud vos obtinebit causam, qui etc.,

    id. Caecin. 38:

    petita multa est apud eum praetorem,

    id. Verr. 1, 155:

    causam contra aliquem apud centumviros dicere,

    id. de Or. 2, 23, 98; Tac. Or. 38:

    numerus oratorum quot annis apud magistratus publice subscribitur,

    Cic. Verr. 3, 120:

    apud eorum quem qui manumitteretur,

    Liv. 41, 9: apud proconsules aliquem manumittere, Marcian. ap. Dig. 1, 162.—
    b.
    In extra judicial cases, before:

    apud hunc confessus es et genus etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 52:

    nullam causam dico, quin mihi Et parentum et libertatis apud te deliquio siet,

    id. ib. 3, 4, 93:

    apud erum qui (servos) vera loquitur,

    id. Am. 2, 1, 43:

    apud novercam querere,

    id. Ps. 1, 3, 80:

    ego apud parentem loquor,

    Cic. Lig. 30:

    plura fateri apud amicos,

    Tac. A. 14, 62:

    aliquid apud aliquem laudare,

    Cic. Att. 2, 25; Tac. A. 13, 46; so Vulg. Gen. 12, 15:

    aliquem apud aliquos vituperare,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 11:

    apud quem tu etiam nos criminari soles,

    id. Vatin. 29.—
    c.
    Of one's feelings, views, judgment, with, in the view or sight of, before.
    (α).
    With verbs:

    apud Tenedios sanctissimus deus habetur,

    Cic. Fl. 61; id. Verr. 1, 49:

    quod apud illos amplissimum sacerdotium putatur,

    id. ib. 2, 126;

    1, 69: si tutoris auctoritas apud te ponderis nihil habebat,

    id. ib. 2, 55; id. Planc. 4:

    apud judicem grave et sanctum esse ducetur,

    id. Q. Rosc. 6:

    Quae omnia apud nos partim infamia... ponuntur, Nep. praef. 5: justificatur apud Deum,

    Vulg. Gal. 3, 11:

    haec apud illos barbatos ridicula videbantur,

    Cic. Mur. 26; id. Dom. 101:

    unus dies apud Dominum (est) sicut mille anni, et mille anni sicut dies unus,

    Vulg. 2 Pet. 3, 8.—
    (β).
    With adjj.:

    fuisti apud pontifices superior,

    Cic. Dom. 4:

    qui honos est apud Syracusanos amplissimus,

    id. Verr. 4, 137; id. Font. 36:

    quam clara (expugnatio) apud omnes,

    id. Verr. 1, 50; 2, 50:

    Satis clarus est apud timentem quisquis timetur,

    Tac. H. 2, 76; id. Or. 7:

    hoc est apud Graecos prope gloriosius quam Romae triumphasse,

    Cic. Fl. 31; Tac. H. 5, 17:

    quod aeque apud bonos miserum est,

    id. ib. 1, 29:

    quae justa sunt apud nos,

    Vulg. 1 Macc. 11, 33; ib. Rom. 2, 13:

    tunc eritis inculpabiles apud Dominum,

    ib. Num. 32, 22:

    si is pretio apud istum idoneus esset,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 121.—
    (γ).
    With substt.:

    est tanta apud eos ejus fani religio atque antiquitas, ut etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 46:

    tanta nominis Romani dignitas est apud omnes nationes, ut etc.,

    id. ib. 5, 150:

    qua (hic) apud omnes Siculos dignitate atque existimatione sit,

    id. ib. 2, 111:

    Dymnus modicae apud regem auctoritatis et gratiae,

    Curt. 6, 72:

    abominatio est uterque apud Deum,

    Vulg. Prov. 17, 15.—Apud animum, apud animum meum, etc. sometimes stand for mihi, mecum, etc., or simply animo: Ea tute tibi subice et apud animum propone, before your mind, before you, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5:

    ipsi primum statuerint apud animos, quid vellent,

    Liv. 6, 39, 11:

    Sic apud animum meum statuo,

    Sall. de Ord. Rep. 2:

    sic statuere apud animum meum possum,

    Liv. 34, 2, 4.—So with pers. pron. in Vulg. after the Greek: haec apud se (pros heauton) oravit, within himself, to himself, Luc. 18, 11: Sciens apud semet ipsum (en heautôi), in himself, Joan. 6, 62: statui hoc ipsum apud me (emautôi), ne etc., with myself, 2 Cor. 2, 1; so, hoc cogitet apud se (eph heautou), ib. 10, 7.—
    d.
    And simply before, in the presence of:

    id apud vos proloquar,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 6:

    nemo est meorum amicorum, apud quem expromere omnia mea occulta audeam,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 14:

    se jactant apud eos, quos inviti vident,

    Cic. Fl. 61:

    licet mihi, Marce fili, apud te gloriari, ad quem etc.,

    id. Off. 1, 22, 78: de vobis glorior apud Macedones, Vulg. 2 Cor. 9, 2:

    plus quam apud vos commemorari velitis,

    Cic. Caecin. 77:

    non apud indoctos loquor,

    id. Pis. 68:

    ostendit, quae quisque de eo apud se dixerit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 19:

    quid apud magnum loquerentur Achillem,

    Ov. M. 12, 163:

    neque raro neque apud paucos talia jaciebat,

    Tac. A. 4, 7:

    loqui de se apud aliquem,

    Cic. Att. 1, 3:

    mentiri apud aliquem,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 1, 24:

    apud aliquem profiteri,

    Curt. 7, 7, 24:

    Non est nobis haec oratio habenda apud imperitam multitudinem,

    Cic. Mur. 61:

    Caesar apud milites contionatur,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 7:

    gratias agere alicui apud aliquem,

    Cic. Sest. 4; so Tac. A. 15, 22:

    si quid (in me) auctoritatis est, apud eos utar, qui etc.,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2; so id. Lig. 16, and id. Red. in Sen. 24:

    Quae fundebat apud Samson lacrimas,

    Vulg. Jud. 14, 16.—
    3.
    Of a person with whom, in whose case something is, exists, is done, with, in the case of, often = in with abl.:

    quom apud te parum stet fides,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 62:

    Et bene apud memores veteris stat gratia facti,

    Verg. A. 4, 539:

    At fides mihi apud hunc est,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 10: De. Quid est? Ch. Itan parvam mihi fidem esse apud te? id. Phorm. 5, 3, 27:

    ut apud me praemium esse positum pietati scias,

    id. Hec. 4, 2, 8:

    alioqui mercedem non habebitis apud Patrem vestrum,

    Vulg. Matt. 6, 1:

    illa res quantam declarat ejusdem hominis apud hostes populi Romani auctoritatem,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 46:

    (eum) Aeduorum auctoritatem apud omnes Belgas amplificaturum,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 14:

    si M. Petrei non summa auctoritas apud milites exstitisset,

    Cic. Sest. 12:

    Pompei auctoritas apud omnes tanta est. quanta etc.,

    id. Fl. 14; id. Phil. 13, 7:

    ecquid auctoritatis apud vos socii populi Romani habere debeant,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 17; so id. Verr. 2, 14; id. Mur 38:

    (servi) apud eum sunt in honore et pretio,

    id. Sex. Rosc. 77; id. Verr. 5, 157; id. Cat. 3, 2:

    videmus quanta sit in invidia quantoque in odio apud quosdam virtus et industria,

    id. Verr. 5, 181:

    quo majore apud vos odio esse debet quam etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 42:

    domi splendor, apud exteras nationes nomen et gratia,

    id. Clu. 154; id. Mur. 38:

    Dumnorigem, magna apud plebem gratia,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 18:

    tanti ejus apud se gratiam esse ostendit, uti etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 20:

    certe apud te et hos, qui tibi adsunt, veritas valebit,

    Cic. Quinct. 5; id. Div. in Caecil. 17; id. Lig. 30; id. Marcell. 14; id. Mil. 34:

    utrum apud eos pudor atque officium aut timor valeret,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    apud quem ut multum gratia valeret,

    Nep. Con. 2, 1:

    video apud te causas valere plus quam preces,

    Cic. Lig. 31; so id. Lael. 4, 13, and Tac. H. 3, 36:

    quod apud vos plurimum debebit valere,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 11; so Caes. B. G. 1, 17, and Tac. H. 4, 73:

    qui tantum auctoritate apud suos cives potuit, ut etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 113:

    speravit sese apud tales viros aliquid posse ad etc.,

    id. Sex. Rosc. 141:

    (eum) apud finitimas civitates largiter posse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 18:

    quae (pecunia) apud me contra fidem meam nihil potuisset,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 19:

    quae (memoria) plus apud eum possit quam salus civitatis,

    id. Phil. 5, 51; id. Verr. 3, 131:

    qui apud eum plurimum poterat,

    id. ib. 3, 130:

    qui apud me et amicitia et beneficiis et dignitate plurimum possunt,

    id. Sex. Rosc. 4; so Caes. B. G. 1, 9.—So very rarely with adjj.:

    faciles sunt preces apud eos, qui etc.,

    Cic. Har. Resp. 63:

    nihil me turpius apud homines fuisset,

    id. Att. 2, 19:

    apud quos miserum auxilium tolerabile miserius malum fecit,

    Cels. 3, 23.—
    4.
    Of persons, of inhabitants of cities or countries, among whom one is, or something is, is done or happens, among = inter:

    CONSOL. QVEI. FVIT. APVD. VOS., Epit. Scip. ap. Grotef. Gr. II. p. 296: homines apud nos noti, inter suos nobiles,

    Cic. Fl. 52:

    Ut vos hic, itidem ille apud vos meus servatur filius,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 11; 2, 2, 62:

    qui (colonus) perigrinatur apud vos,

    Vulg. Exod. 12, 49:

    qui regnabat apud vos,

    ib. 1 Macc. 12, 7; ib. Matt. 13, 56; ib. Luc. 9, 41:

    si iste apud eos quaestor non fuisset,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 4; 65:

    Apud eos fuisse regem Divitiacum,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 4; 2, 2:

    qui (praetores) apud illos a populo creantur,

    Cic. Fl. 44:

    apud quos consul fuerat,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 66; id. Verr. 2, 5; 4, 108:

    apud inferos illi antiqui supplicia impiis constituta esse voluerunt,

    id. Cat. 4, 8; id. Tusc. 1, 5, 10; so Vulg. Eccli. 14, 17: Sunt apud infernos tot milia formosarum, Prop. 3, 2, 63:

    fateri quae quis apud superos distulit in seram commissa piacula mortem,

    Verg. A. 6, 568;

    Vel. 2, 48, 2: studiis militaribus apud juventutem obsoletis,

    Cic. Font. 42:

    qui apud socios nominis Latini censi essent,

    Liv. 41, 9:

    qui apud gentes solus praestat, Naev., Com. Rel. p. 25 Rib.: quae sacra apud omnes gentes nationesque fiunt,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 109:

    id (simulacrum) apud Segestanos positum fuisse,

    id. ib. 4, 80:

    si apud Athenienses non deerant qui rem publicam defenderent,

    id. Sest. 141, and Nep. Milt. 6, 2:

    ille est magistratus apud Siculos, qui etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 131:

    si tu apud Persas deprehensus etc.,

    id. ib. 5, 166:

    Apud Helvetios longe nobilissimus fuit Orgetorix,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 2:

    apud omnes Graecos hic mos est, ut etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 158, and id. Fragm. B. 7, 18 B. and K.:

    quod apud Germanos ea consuetudo esset, ut etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 50:

    aliis Germanorum populis usurpatum raro apud Chattos in consensum vertit,

    Tac. G. 31:

    Cui (mihi) neque apud Danaos usquam locus (est),

    Verg. A. 2, 71:

    apud Nahanarvalos antiquae religionis lucus ostenditur,

    Tac. G. 43; 32; 38; 44; id. H. 4, 56; 4, 61; id. A. 2, 1; 2, 45: apud Graecos magis quam in ceteris nationibus exculta est medicina, Cels. praef. 3, 9.—So of an army, in, with, where in with abl. is commonly used:

    qui apud exercitum cum Lucio Lucullo est,

    in the army under L. Lucullus, Cic. Verr. 4, 49; so id. Arch. 11:

    apud exercitum mihi fueris tot annos,

    id. Mur. 45:

    quod Hannibalem etiam nunc cum imperio apud exercitum haberent,

    in the army with a command, Nep. Hann. 7, 3:

    simul manere apud exercitus Titum utile videbatur,

    Tac. H. 5, 10:

    quod XII. pondo argenti habuisset apud exercitum,

    with his troops, Plin. 33, 4, 50, § 143.—
    5.
    In designating the author of a work or of an assertion, apud aliquem, in, by, in the writings of, any one (the work itself being designated by in with abl.; as, de qua in Catone majore satis multa diximus, Cic. Off. 1, 42, 151:

    Socraiem illum, qui est in Phaedro Platonis,

    id. de Or. 1, 7, 28:

    quo in libro,

    id. ib. 1, 11, 47):

    ut scriptum apud eundem Caelium est,

    Cic. Div. 1, 26, 55:

    apud Xenophontem autem moriens Cyrus major haec dicit,

    id. Sen. 22, 79:

    quod apud Platonem est in philosophos dictum, quod etc.,

    id. Off. 1, 9, 28:

    apud Agathoclem scriptum in historia est,

    id. Div. 1, 24, 50:

    ut est apud poetam nescio quem,

    id. Phil. 2, 65:

    Quod enim est apud Ennium, etc.,

    id. Off. 1, 8, 26:

    de qua (ambitione) praeclare apud eundem est Platonem, simile etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 25, 87:

    Apud Varronem ita est, etc.,

    Plin. 18, 35, 79, § 348:

    ut video scriptum apud Graecos,

    Cic. Scaur. 4:

    invenio apud quosdam auctores,

    Tac. H. 2, 37; so id. A. 1, 81; 3, 3:

    reperio apud scriptores,

    id. ib. 2, 88:

    apud Solonem,

    i. e. in his laws, Cic. Leg. 2, 26, 64:

    cui bono est, si apud te Agamemnon diserte loquitur, i. e. in tragoediis tuis,

    Tac. Or. 9. —Also of speakers:

    apud quosdam acerbior in conviciis narrabatur,

    Tac. Agr. 22.—
    6.
    a.. Est aliquid apud aliquem = est alicui aliquid, apud aliquem being equivalent to dat. of possessor:

    quae (scientia auguralis) mihi videtur apud majores fuisse dupliciter, ut etc.,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 13, 33:

    juris civilis magnum usum apud multos fuisse,

    id. Brut. 41, 152:

    cum apud eum summum esset imperium populi,

    Nep. Phoc. 2, 4:

    omnis gratia, potentia, honos, divitiae apud illos sunt,

    Sall. C. 20, 8:

    par gloria apud Hannibalem hostesque Poenos erat,

    Liv. 22, 30, 8:

    apud quos nulla loricarum galearumve tegmina (erant),

    Tac. A. 12, 35:

    pecuniam ac dona majora apud Romanos (esse),

    id. H. 4, 76:

    minorem esse apud victos animum,

    id. ib. 3, 1;

    2, 75: quando quidem est apud te virtuti honos,

    Liv. 2, 1, 15: Phoebo sua semper apud me Munera sunt, Phoebus has his gifts with me, i. e. I have his gifts for Phoebus, Verg. E. 3, 62; so Hor. C. 3, 29, 5:

    apud te est fons vitae,

    Vulg. Psa. 35, 10:

    apud Dominum (est) misericordia,

    ib. ib. 129, 7.—
    b.
    Est aliquid apud aliquem also simply denotes that something is in one's hands, in his power, at his disposal:

    erat ei apud me pauxillulum Nummorum,

    Ter. Phorm. 1, 1, 3:

    negasse habere se (phaleras): apud alium quoque eas habuisse depositas,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 29:

    multa (signa) deposita apud amicos,

    id. ib. 4, 36:

    apud quem inventus est scyphus,

    Vulg. Gen. 44, 16; ib. [p. 147] Exod. 22, 4; ib. Deut. 24, 12.—So also of persons:

    te pix atra agitet apud carnuficem,

    in the hands of, Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 65:

    qui (obsides) apud eum sint,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 31; 1, 33.—
    c.
    Apud aliquem = alicui, the dat. of indir. obj.:

    remanet gloria apud me, Att., Trag. Rel. p. 194 Rib.: nihil apud Siculum, nihil apud civem Romanum tota in Sicilia reliquisse,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 2:

    si (cura rei publicae) apud Othonem relinqueretur,

    Tac. H. 1, 13; 1, 20:

    qui judicia manere apud ordinem Senatorium volunt,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 8:

    neque praemia caedis apud interfectorem mansura,

    Tac. H. 2, 70; id. A. 15, 7:

    fidens apud aliquem obligare,

    Dig. 16, 1, 27.—So rarely with adjj.:

    Essetne apud te is servos acceptissimus?

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 56:

    non dicam amicum tuum, quod apud homines carissimum est,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 110:

    apud publicanos gratiosus fuisti,

    id. ib. 2, 169; 4, 38; id. Fl. 76; id. Lig. 31: Apud homines hoc impossibile est;

    apud Deum autem omnia possibilia sunt,

    Vulg. Matt. 19, 26; ib. Marc. 10, 27.
    II.
    Transf. In designations of place,
    A.
    At, near, about, around, before (esp. freq. in the post-Aug. histt.) = ad, prope, circum, ante: tibi servi multi apud mensam adstant, Naev. ap. Prisc. p. 893 P. (Com. Rel. p. 10 Rib.):

    verecundari neminem apud mensam decet,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 77:

    Quid apud hasce aedis negotii est tibi?

    id. Am. 1, 1, 194:

    Quid illisce homines quaerunt apud aedis meas?

    id. Most. 4, 2, 26; id. Trin. 4, 2, 25: apud ignem adsidere, Turp. ap. Non. p. 522, 26 (Com. Rel. p. 100 Rib.); Sisenn. ap. Non. p. 86, 16:

    navem is fregit apud Andrum insulam,

    Ter. And. 1, 3, 17:

    apud Tenedum pugna illa navalis,

    Cic. Arch. 21:

    ut apud Salamina classem suam constituerent,

    Nep. Them. 3, 4:

    apud oppidum morati,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 7:

    agri in Hispania apud Karthaginem Novam,

    Cic. Agr. 1, 5:

    bellatum apud Actium,

    Tac. H. 1, 1; 1, 72; 3, 76:

    Pugnabant alii tardis apud Ilion armis,

    Ov. R. Am. 163:

    morabatur in castris apud Galgalam,

    Vulg. Jos. 10, 6:

    quidquid apud durae cessatum est moenia Trojae,

    Verg. A. 11, 288:

    apud vetustam turrem, Att., Trag. Rel. p. 189 Rib.: apud castellum consedisse,

    Tac. A. 4, 25:

    Vitellianos, sua quemque apud signa, componunt,

    id. H. 3, 35:

    apud vexillum tendentes,

    id. A. 1, 17:

    trepidatur apud naves,

    id. H. 2, 15:

    hostis est non apud Anienem, sed in urbe,

    Cic. Mur. 84; id. Fam. 2, 10, 5:

    quam detraxerat apud rapidum Simoenta sub Ilio alto,

    Verg. A. 5, 261:

    apud abunaantem amnem et rapidas undas Inachi, Att., Trag. Rel. p. 175 Rib.: apud gelidi flumina Hebri,

    Verg. A. 12, 331:

    octo apud Rhenum legiones,

    Tac. A. 1, 3:

    apud ripam Rheni,

    id. ib. 2, 83:

    probavi te apud Aquam Contradictionis,

    Vulg. Psa. 80, 8:

    repertus apud fretum Siciliae,

    Tac. A. 6, 14:

    propitiata Juno apud proximum mare,

    id. ib. 15, 44:

    apud promunturium Miseni consedit in villa,

    id. ib. 6, 50:

    Ut aput nivem et ferarum gelida stabula forem, for in nive etc.,

    Cat. 63, 53 Mull.:

    apud altaria deum pepigere,

    before, Tac. A. 11, 9:

    decernuntur supplicationes apud omnia pulvinaria,

    id. ib. 14, 12 (cf.:

    unum diem circa omnia pulvinaria supplicatio fuit,

    Liv. 41, 9):

    apud Caesaris effigiem procubuit,

    Tac. A. 12, 17; 13, 23:

    quartum apud lapidem substiterat,

    id. ib. 15, 60:

    laudavit ipse apud rostra (for pro rostris),

    Tac. A. 16, 6; so, apud forum (cf.: ad forum under ad, I. A. 3., and in Gr. Sophocl. Trach. 371, pros mesêi agorai;

    on the other hand,

    id. ib. 423, en mesêi agorai; id. ib. 524, têlaugei par ochthôi): Quidam apud forum mihi vendidit, Pomp., Com. Rel. p. 250 Rib.: Ch. Qui scis? By. Apud forum modo e Davo audivi, Ter. And. 2, 1, 2; 1, 5, 18:

    Capuae multa apud forum aedificia de caelo tacta,

    Liv. 41, 9 (Weissenb., in foro):

    quod (templum) apud forum holitorium C. Duilius struxerat,

    Tac. A. 2, 49.—
    B.
    At, in = in with abl. or gen. or abl. of place: CONSVLES SENATVM CONSOLVERVNT N. OCTOB. APVD AEDEM DVELONAI, S. C. de Bacch. I.; so,

    ejus statuam majores apud aedem matris deum consecravisse,

    Tac. A. 4, 64:

    apud villam est,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 1; so Cic. Verr. 4, 22, 48:

    Eum argentum sumpsisse apud Thebas ab danista fenore,

    Plaut. Ep. 2, 2, 67:

    deponere apud Solos in delubro pecuniam,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 16, 40:

    ut rationes apud duas civitates possim relinquere,

    id. Att. 6, 7, 2: qui mense Aprili apud Baias essent, id. Fragm. B. 13, 4, 1 B. and K.;

    13, 4, 4 iid.: seditio militum coepta apud Sucronem,

    Liv. 28, 29:

    donum apud Antium statuitur,

    Tac. A. 3, 71:

    bellis civilibus Maecenatem equestris ordinis cunctis apud Romam atque Italiam praeposuit,

    id. ib. 6, 11:

    Titus in consecrando apud Memphim bove Apide diadema gestavit,

    Suet. Tit. 5:

    quod Judaeam praeterveniens apud Hierosolymam non supplicasset,

    id. Aug. 93:

    apud Mediolanum,

    Lact. Mort. Persec. 48:

    eum pugionem apud Capitolium consecravit,

    Tac. A. 15, 74:

    Equitum Romanorum locos sedilibus plebis anteposuit apud Circum,

    id. ib. 15, 32:

    quae (effigies) apud theatrum Pompei locaretur,

    id. ib. 3, 72:

    qui (rei) apud aerarium pependissent,

    Suet. Dom. 9 Roth:

    cujus (scientiae) apiscendae otium apud Rhodum magistrum Thrasullum habuit,

    Tac. A. 6, 20; 4, 14; so Suet. Aug. 92; Eutr. 7, 13:

    ut civitati Cibyraticae apud Asiam subveniretur,

    Tac. A. 4, 13; 4, 18; 16, 15:

    apud Pharsaliam,

    Liv. Epit. 111:

    apud Palaestinam,

    Eutr. 7, 13:

    qui erant apud Helladam,

    Vulg. 1 Macc. 8, 9. —
    III.
    Of time.
    A.
    With words denoting time or occasion, in, at (rare):

    apud saeclum prius,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 15:

    aliquem apud judicium persequi,

    at the trial, Cic. Verr. 4, 104.—
    B.
    With words designating persons, with, among, in the time of:

    hostis apud majores nostros is dicebatur, quem nunc etc.,

    Cic. Off. 1, 12, 36:

    fecerunt hoc multi apud majores nostros,

    id. Verr. 2, 118; 5, 148:

    Fuit eodem ex studio vir eruditus apud patres nostros,

    id. Mur. 36; id. Off. 2, 24, 85; id. Lael. 2, 6:

    Apud antiquos fuit Petron quidam, Cels. praef. 3, 9: aliam apud Fabricios, aliam apud Scipiones pecuniam (fuisse),

    Tac. A. 2, 33.—
    IV.
    For ad with words implying motion (very rare):

    APVT EVM PERVENIRE,

    Inscr. Grut. 786, 5:

    atque apud hunc eo vicinum,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 5, 70:

    Bito apud aurificem,

    Lucil. 30, 66 Mull.: apud legiones venit, Sall. Fragm. ap. Pomp. Commod. Don. p. 395 Lind.:

    (naves) apud insulas longius sitas ejectae,

    Tac. A. 2, 24:

    qui apud Romanos de societate functus est legatione,

    Vulg. 2 Macc. 4, 11.
    ► Apud has some peculiarities of position, chiefly in Tac.
    (cf. ad, I. fin. b.)
    a.
    It is sometimes placed after its subst.:

    quae fiunt apud fabros, fictores, item alios apud,

    Varr. L. L. 6, 78, p. 104 Mull.:

    Is locus est Cumas aput,

    Lucr. 6, 747 Lachm.:

    montem apud Erycum,

    Tac. A. 4, 43:

    ripam apud Euphratis,

    id. ib. 6, 31:

    Misenum apud et Ravennam,

    id. ib. 4, 5 (in Suet. Dom. 9 the editt. vary between aerarium apud and apud aerarium; the latter seems preferable, and is adopted by Oudend., Bremi, Baumg.-Crus., and Roth).—
    b.
    It is sometimes placed between the subst. and adj.:

    barbaras apud gentes,

    Tac. A. 2, 88, 3, 26; 15, 60:

    non modo Graecis in urbibus, sed Romana apud templa,

    id. ib. 14, 14.—
    c.
    Twice in Verg. it stands before the secondary adjunct of its subst.:

    apud durae moenia Trojae, A. 11, 288: apud gelidi flumina Hebri,

    ib. 12, 331. Apud is never found in compound words. V. more on this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 405-416.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > apud

  • 15 दण्डः _daṇḍḥ _ण्डम् _ṇḍam

    दण्डः ण्डम् [दण्ड्-अच्]
    1 A stick, staff, rod, mace, club, cudgel; पततु शिरस्यकाण्डयमदण्ड इवैष भूजः Māl.5.31; काष्ठदण्डः.
    -2 The sceptre of a king, the rod as a symbol of authority and punishment; आत्तदण्डः Ś.5.8.
    -3 The staff given to a twice-born man at the time of investiture with the sacred thread; cf Ms.2.45-48.
    -4 The staff of a संन्यासिन् or ascetic.
    -5 The trunk of an elephant.
    -6 The stem or stalk as of a lotus, tree &c.; U.1.31; Māl.9.14; the handle as of an umbrella; ब्रह्माण्डच्छत्रदण्डः &c. Dk.1 (opening verse); राज्यं स्वहस्तधृतदण्डमिवातपत्रम् Ś.5.6; Ku.7.89; so कमल- दण्ड &c.
    -7 The oar of a boat.
    -8 An arm or leg (at the end of comp.)
    -9 The staff or pole of a ban- ner, a tent &c.
    -1 The beam of a plough.
    -11 The cross-bar of a lute or a stringed instrument.
    -12 The stick with which an instrument is played.
    -13 A churning-stick.
    -14 Fine; Ms.8.341;9.229; Y.2.237.
    -15 Chastisement, corporal punishment, punishment in general; यथापराधदण्डानाम् R.1.6; एवं राजापथ्यकारिषु ती- क्ष्णदण्डो राजा Mu.1; दण्डं दण्ड्येषु पातयेत् Ms.8.126; कृतदण्ड स्वयं राज्ञा लेभे शूद्रः सतां गतिम् R.15.23. यथार्हदण्डो (राजा) पूज्यः Kau. A.1.4; सुविज्ञातप्रणीतो हि दण्डः प्रजां धर्मार्थकामै- र्योजयति Kau. A.1.4
    -16 Imprisonment.
    -17 Attack, assault, violence, punishment, the last of the four expe- dients; see उपाय; सामादीनामुपायानां चतुर्णामपि पण्डिताः । साम- दण्डौ प्रशंसन्ति नित्यं राष्ट्राभिवृद्धये ॥ Ms.7.19; cf. Śi.2.54.
    -18 An army; तस्य दण्डवतो दण्डः स्वदेहान्न व्यशिष्यत R.17. 62; Ms.7.65;9.294; Ki.2.15.
    -19 A form of mili- tary array; Mb.12.59.4.
    -2 Subjection, control, restraint; वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1.
    -21 A measure of length equal to 4 Hastas; Bṛi. S.24.9.
    -22 The penis.
    -23 Pride; या चापि न्यस्तदण्डानां तां गतिं व्रज पुत्रक Mb. 7.78.25.
    -24 The body.
    -25 An epithet of Yama.
    -26 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -27 N. of Śiva.
    -28 An attendant on the sun.
    -29 A horse (said to be m. only in this and the preceding four senses).
    -3 A particular appear- ance in the sky (similar to a stick).
    -31 An uninter- rupted row or series, a line.
    -32 Standing upright or erect.
    -33 A corner, an angle.
    -34 The Science of Govt. विनयमूलो दण्डः, दण्डमूलास्तिस्त्रो विद्याः Kau. A.1.5.
    -35 Harm, injury; न्यासो दण्डस्य भूतेषु मनोवाक्कायजस्य यः Bhāg.7. 15.8.
    -Comp. -अजिनम् 1 staff and hide (as outer badges of devotion).
    -2 (fig.) hypocrisy, deceit.
    -अधिपः a chief magistrate.
    -अनीकम् a detachment or division of an army; तव हृतवतो दण्डानीकैर्विदर्भपतेः श्रियम् M.5.2.
    -अप (व) तानकः tetanus, lock-jaw.
    -अपूपन्यायः see under न्याय.
    -अर्ह a. fit to be chastised, deserving punishment.
    -अलसिका cholera.
    -आख्यम् a house with two wings, one facing the north and the other the east; Bṛi. S.53. 39.
    -आघातः a blow with a stick; पूर्वप्रविष्ठान्क्रोधात्तान्दण्डा- घातैरताडयन् Ks.54.23.
    -आज्ञा judicial sentence.
    -आश्रमः the condition of a pilgrim.
    -आश्रमिन् m. a devotee, an ascetic.
    -आसनम्, दण्डकासनम् lying prostrate on the ground, a kind of Āsana; Yoga S.2.46.
    -आहतम् buttermilk.
    -उद्यमः 1 threatening.
    -2 (pl.) application of power; निःसाराल्पफलानि ये त्वविधिना वाञ्छन्ति दण्डोद्यमैः Pt.1.376.
    -कर्मन् n. infliction of punishment, chastisement; देशकालवयःशक्ति संचिन्त्यं दण्डकर्मणि Y.2.275.
    -कलितम् repetition like a measuring rod, i. e. doing a matter after it is done in full first and then repeating it like that a second time and so on; आवृत्तिन्यायानां दण्ड- कलितं न्याय्यम् । ŚB. on MS.1.5.83; ˚वत् ind. in the manner of a measuring rod.
    -कल्पः Infliction of punishment; शुद्धचित्रश्च दण्डकल्पः Kau. A.4.
    -काकः a raven.
    -काण्ठम् a wooden club or staff; दण्डकाष्ठमवलम्ब्य स्थितः Ś2.
    -ग्रहणम् assumption of the staff of an asce- tic or pilgrim, becoming a mendicant.
    -घ्न a. striking with a stick, committing an assault; Ms.8.386.
    -चक्रः a division of an army.
    -छदनम् a room in which utensils of various kinds are kept.
    -ढक्का a kind of drum.
    -दासः one who has become a slave from non-payment of a debt; Ms.8.415.
    -देवकुलम् a court of justice.
    -धर, -धार a.
    1 carrying a staff, staff- bearer.
    -2 punishing, chastising; दत्ताभये त्वयि यमादपि दण्डधारे U.2.11.
    -3 exercising judicial authority.
    (-रः) 1 a king; श्रमनुदं मनुदण्डधरान्वयम् R.9.3; बलीयानबलं ग्रसते दण्डधराभावे Kau. A.1.4.
    -2 N. of Yama; यमो निहन्ता......दण्डधरश्च कालः
    -3 a judge, supreme magistrate.
    -4 a mendicant carrying a staff.
    -5 a potter.
    -6 a general (of an army;) Dk.2.
    -धारणम् 1 carrying a staff (as by a Brahmachārin).
    -2 following the order of a mendicant.
    -3 infliction of punishment.
    -नायकः 1 a judge, a head police-officer, a magistrate.
    -2 the leader of an army, a general.
    -3 a king. ˚पुरुषः a policeman, constable.
    -निधानम् pardoning, indulgence; Mb.12.
    -निपातनम् punishing, chastising.
    -नीतिः f.
    1 administration of justice, judicature.
    -2 the system of civil and military administration, the science of poli- tics, polity; Ms.7.43; Y.1.311; फलान्युपायुङ्क्त स दण्ड- नीतेः R.18.46; जरातुरः संप्रति दण्डनीत्या सर्वं नृपस्यानुकरोमि वृत्तम् Nāg.4.1.
    -3 an epithet of Durgā.
    -नेतृ m.
    1 a king.
    -2 Yama; गृध्रा रुषा मम कृषन्त्यधिदण्डनेतुः Bhāg.3.16. 1.
    -3 a judge; Ms.12.1; Bhāg.4.22.45.
    -पः a king.
    -पांशुलः a porter, door-keeper.
    -पाणिः 1 an epithet of Yama; करोमि चिकित्सां दण्डपाणिरिव जनतायाः Bhāg.5.1.7.
    -2 N. of the god Śiva at Benares.
    -3 a policeman; इति पश्चात्प्रविष्टास्ते पुरुषा दण्डपाणयः Ks.54.23.
    -पातः 1 falling of a stick.
    -2 infliction of punishment.
    -3 dropping one line in a manuscript.
    -पातनम् inflic- tion of punishment, chastisement.
    -पारुष्यम् 1 assault, violence.
    -2 hard or cruel infliction of punishment; अत ऊर्ध्वं प्रवक्ष्यामि दण्डपारुष्यनिर्णयम् Ms.8.278.
    -पालः, -पालकः 1 a head magistrate.
    -2 a door-keeper, porter. Kau. A.1.12.
    -3 Ns. of two kinds of fishes; L. D. B.
    -पाशकः, -पाशिकः 1 a head police-officer; Pt.2; उच्यता- मस्मद्वचनात्कालपाशिको दण्डपाशिकश्च Mu.1.2-21.
    -2 a hangman, an executioner.
    -पोणम् a strainer furnished with a handle.
    -प्रणामः 1 bowing by prostrating the body at full length (keeping it erect like a stick). cf. साष्टाङ्गनमस्कार.
    -2 falling flat or prostrate on the ground.
    -बालधिः an elephant.
    -भङ्गः non-execution of a sentence.
    -भृत् m.
    1 a potter.
    -2 an epithet of Yama.
    -माण (न)वः 1 a staff-bearer
    -2 an ascetic bearing a staff; Rām.2.32.18.
    -3 a chief or leader.
    -माथः a principal road, highway.
    -मुखः a leader, general of an army.
    -यात्रा 1 a solemn procession (particularly bridal).
    -2 warlike expedition, conquest (of a region).
    -यामः 1 an epithet of Yama.
    -2 of Agastya.
    -3 a day.
    -लेशम् a small fine; Ms.8.51.
    -वधः capital punishment.
    -वाचिक a. actual or verbal (assault); Ms.8.6; cf. वाक्-पारुष्यम्.
    -वादिन् a. reprimanding, censuring, threatening with punishment; (also -m.).
    -वारित a. forbidden by threat of punishment.
    -वासिकः a door-keeper, warder.
    -वासिन् m.
    1 a door-keeper.
    -2 a magistrate.
    -वाहिन् m. a police-officer.
    -विकल्पः discretion given to an officer in awarding punishment or fine; Ms.9.228.
    -विधिः 1 rule of punishment; see दण्डोद्यमः
    -2 criminal law.
    -विष्कम्भः the post to which the string of a churning-stick is fastened.
    -व्यूहः a particular form of arranging troops, arranging them in long lines or columns; Ms.7.187.
    -शास्त्रम् the science of inflicting punishment, criminal law.
    -हस्तः 1 a door-keeper, warder, porter.
    -2 an epithet of Yama.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > दण्डः _daṇḍḥ _ण्डम् _ṇḍam

  • 16 служа

    1. (работя) work, serve (в in, at, като as)
    (във войската, флотата) serve, see service
    (за свещеник) officiate, serve
    служа на serve
    служа на отечеството си serve o.'s country
    служа при serve/take service under
    служа войник serve as a soldier
    служа военната си служба do o.'s military service
    служа във войската serve in/with the army. do national service in the army
    служа две години във войската do two years of national service
    служа литургия serve/celebrate mass
    църква, в която се служи a church used for worship
    2. (използуван сьм за) serve (за as, for) служа do duty/service for
    служа за известна цел serve a purpose
    служа за разни цели have several uses
    служа за всички цели do duty for all purposes
    служа за граница на form/mark the boundary of
    служа за пример serve as an example (на of, за for)
    служа за прикритие act as a cloak
    служа си с use, make use of; utilize, employ
    служа си с всички средства employ all means, use every device
    служа си добре с език have a good command of a language
    мога да си служа с език have a working knowledge of a language
    служа си с речник/каталог consult a dictionary/catalogue
    служа си с измама cheat
    служа си с аршин/мерило apply a yardstick
    почвам да си служа отново с крайниците recover/regain the use of o.'s limbs
    за какво служи това? what is this used for?
    3. (за куче) sit up
    * * *
    слу̀жа,
    гл., мин. св. деят. прич. слу̀жил 1. ( работя) work, serve (в in, at, като as); ( във войската, флотата) serve, see service; (за свещеник) officiate, serve; \служа войник serve as a soldier; \служа във войската serve in/with the army, do national service in the army; \служа литургия serve/celebrate mass; \служа на serve; \служа при serve/take service under;
    2. ( използван съм за) serve (за as, for), do duty/service for; за какво служи това? what is this used for? \служа за известна цел serve a purpose; \служа за прикритие act as a cloak; \служа за пример serve as an example (на of; за for); \служа си добре с език have a good command of a language; \служа си с use, make use of; utilize; employ; \служа си с измама cheat; \служа си с речник/каталог consult a dictionary/catalogue;
    3. (за куче) sit up.
    * * *
    serve (и в църква): служа as a soldier - служа войник, служа as an example - служа за пример; work ; use (си): Do you know how to use this device? - Знаеш ли как да си служиш с този уред?
    * * *
    1. (във войската, флотата) serve, see service 2. (за куче) sit up 3. (за свещеник) officiate, serve 4. (използуван сьм за) serve (за as, for)СЛУЖА do duty/ service for 5. (работя) work, serve (в in, at, като as) 6. СЛУЖА военната си служба do o.'s military service 7. СЛУЖА войник serve as a soldier 8. СЛУЖА във войската serve in/with the army. do national service in the army 9. СЛУЖА две години във войската do two years of national service 10. СЛУЖА за всички цели do duty for all purposes 11. СЛУЖА за граница на form/mark the boundary of 12. СЛУЖА за известна цел serve a purpose 13. СЛУЖА за прикритие act as a cloak 14. СЛУЖА за пример serve as an example (на of 15. СЛУЖА за разни цели have several uses 16. СЛУЖА литургия serve/celebrate mass 17. СЛУЖА на serve 18. СЛУЖА на отечеството си serve o.'s country 19. СЛУЖА при serve/take service under 20. СЛУЖА си добре с език have a good command of a language 21. СЛУЖА си с use, make use of;utilize, employ 22. СЛУЖА си с аршин/мерило apply a yardstick 23. СЛУЖА си с всички средства employ all means, use every device 24. СЛУЖА си с измама cheat 25. СЛУЖА си с речник/каталог consult a dictionary/catalogue 26. за for) 27. за какво служи това? what is this used for? 28. мога да си СЛУЖА с език have a working knowledge of a language 29. нека това да ти служи за пример let this be an example to you 30. почвам да си СЛУЖА отново с крайниците recover/regain the use of o.'s limbs 31. църква, в която се служи a church used for worship

    Български-английски речник > служа

  • 17 cuerpo

    m.
    1 body.
    a cuerpo without a coat on
    de cuerpo entero full-length (retrato, espejo)
    en cuerpo y alma body and soul
    luchar cuerpo a cuerpo to fight hand-to-hand
    de cuerpo presente (lying) in state
    tomar cuerpo to take shape
    vivir a cuerpo de rey to live like a king
    ¡cuerpo a tierra! hit the ground!, get down!
    cuerpo celeste heavenly body
    cuerpo extraño foreign body
    el cuerpo humano the human body
    2 main body (parte principal).
    3 thickness (consistencia).
    mover hasta que la mezcla tome cuerpo stir until the mixture thickens
    el proyecto de nuevo aeropuerto va tomando cuerpo the new airport project is taking shape
    4 corps.
    cuerpo diplomático diplomatic corps
    cuerpo de policía police force
    5 section (parte de armario, edificio).
    7 corpus, body, main section of a bodily part, main section of an organism.
    8 mass of tissue, corpus.
    * * *
    1 ANATOMÍA body
    3 (figura) figure; (tronco) trunk
    4 (tronco) trunk
    5 (grupo) body, force, corps
    6 (cadáver) corpse, body
    7 (parte) section, part; (parte principal) main part, main body
    8 QUÍMICA substance
    9 FÍSICA body
    10 (vino, tela, etc) body
    11 DEPORTE length
    \
    a cuerpo descubierto defenceless (US defenseless)
    cuerpo a cuerpo hand-to-hand
    de cuerpo entero full-length
    en cuerpo y alma figurado heart and soul, body and soul
    estar de cuerpo presente to lie in state
    hacer de cuerpo eufemístico to relieve oneself
    no tener nada en el cuerpo to have an empty stomach
    tener buen cuerpo to have a good figure
    tomar cuerpo figurado to take shape
    cuerpo de baile corps de ballet
    cuerpo del delito DERECHO evidence, corpus delicti
    cuerpo diplomático diplomatic corps
    cuerpo legislativo legislative body
    cuerpo geométrico regular solid
    cuerpos celestes heavenly bodies
    * * *
    noun m.
    1) body
    * * *
    SM
    1) (Anat) body

    me dolía todo el cuerpo — my body was aching all over, I was aching all over

    cuerpo a cuerpo —

    un cuerpo a cuerpo entre los dos políticos — a head-on o head-to-head confrontation between the two politicians

    • de cuerpo entero — [retrato, espejo] full-length

    • de medio cuerpo — [retrato, espejo] half-length

    • cuerpo serrano — hum body to die for

    • ¡cuerpo a tierra! — hit the ground!

    dar con el cuerpo en tierra — to fall down, fall to the ground

    a cuerpo gentil —

    a cuerpo de rey —

    hurtó el cuerpo y eludió a sus vecinos — he sneaked off o away and avoided his neighbours

    pedirle a algn algo el cuerpo —

    2) (=cadáver) body, corpse

    de cuerpo presente: su marido aún estaba de cuerpo presente — her husband had not yet been buried

    funeral de cuerpo presente — funeral service, funeral

    3) (=grupo)

    cuerpo de bomberos — fire brigade, fire department (EEUU)

    4) (=parte) [de mueble] section, part; [de un vestido] bodice; (=parte principal) main body
    5) (=objeto) body, object
    6) (=consistencia) [de vino] body

    • dar cuerpo a algo, el suavizante que da cuerpo a su cabello — the conditioner that gives your hair body

    • tomar cuerpo — [plan, proyecto, personaje, historia] to take shape

    7) (Tip) [de letra] point, point size
    * * *
    1)
    a) (Anat) body

    tenía el miedo metido en el cuerpo — (fam) he was scared stiff (colloq)

    a cuerpo de rey — (fam)

    a cuerpo gentil — (fam) without a coat (o sweater etc)

    echarse algo al cuerpo — (fam) < comida> to have something to eat; < bebida> to have something to drink

    sacar(le) el cuerpo a alguien — (AmL fam) to steer clear of somebody

    sacar(le) el cuerpo a algo — (AmL fam) ( a trabajo) to get out of something; ( a responsabilidad) to evade o shirk something

    b) ( cadáver) body, corpse

    encontraron su cuerpo sin vida junto al río — (period) his lifeless body was found by the river (frml)

    c) ( tronco) body
    2) (Equ) length
    3)
    a) ( parte principal) main body
    b) ( de mueble) part; ( de edificio) section
    4) (conjunto de personas, de ideas, normas) body
    5) (Fís) ( objeto) body, object; ( sustancia) substance
    6) (consistencia, densidad) body

    dar/tomar cuerpo — idea/escultura to take shape

    * * *
    = body, body, type size, body-size, corps, shank, cadaver, soma.
    Ex. But when he speaks to me he always scans my body and stares at my breasts.
    Ex. Cartographic materials are, according to AACR2, all the materials that represent, in whole or in part, the earth or any celestial body.
    Ex. Using golf-ball or daisy-wheel typewriters a good range of typefaces can be used on the same page; different type sizes can also be used.
    Ex. A fount of type was a set of letters and other symbols in which each was supplied in approximate proportion to its frequency of use, all being of one body-size and design.
    Ex. Quality abstracting services take pride in their corps of abstractors.
    Ex. Another device was to make matrices for accented sorts with the punches already used for unaccented sorts: the letter punch was stepped on its shank so that one of several accent punches could be bound on to the step to make a combined punch.
    Ex. Rather than bringing in butchers to do the handiwork of his dissections, Vesalius himself worked on the human cadavers and said that students of medicine should do the same.
    Ex. Pyramidal neurons, also known as pyramidal cells, are neurons with a pyramidal-shaped cell body ( soma) and two distinct dendritic trees.
    ----
    * a cuerpo de rey = the lap of luxury.
    * crema para el cuerlpo = body lotion.
    * cuerpo calloso = corpus callosum.
    * cuerpo celeste = celestial body, heavenly body.
    * cuerpo Danone = body beautiful.
    * cuerpo de animal muerto = carcass.
    * cuerpo de bomberos = fire department.
    * cuerpo de estanterías = bay of shelves, range of shelving, range, bay of shelving.
    * cuerpo de estanterías por materia = subject bay.
    * cuerpo de inspectores = inspectorate.
    * cuerpo de la ficha = body of the card.
    * Cuerpo de Marina = Navy Corps.
    * Cuerpo de Paz, el = Peace Corps.
    * Cuerpo de Zapadores = Army Corps Engineers.
    * cuerpo expedicionario = expeditionary force.
    * cuerpo extraño = foreign body.
    * cuerpo humano, el = human body, the.
    * cuerpo político, el = body politic, the.
    * cuerpo sin vida = dead body.
    * culto al cuerpo = cult of the body, body beautiful.
    * dar cuerpo = give + substance.
    * dar cuerpo a = flesh out.
    * dar cuerpo y forma a = lend + substance and form to.
    * de cuerpo largo = long-bodied.
    * del cuerpo = body.
    * foto de medio cuerpo = mugshot [mug shot].
    * ingeniero del cuerpo de zapadores = Army Corps engineer.
    * luchar cuerpo a cuerpo = clinch.
    * miembro del cuerpo = limb.
    * órgano del cuerpo = limb, body part.
    * pegado al cuerpo = slinky [slinkier -comp., slinkiest -sup.].
    * ponerse en forma para la lucir el cuerpo en la playa = get + beach-fit.
    * que cubre todo el cuerpo = head to toe.
    * seguro por pérdida de un miembro del cuerpo = dismemberment insurance.
    * temperatura del cuerpo = body temperature.
    * vivir a cuerpo de rey = live like + a king, live in + the lap of luxury.
    * * *
    1)
    a) (Anat) body

    tenía el miedo metido en el cuerpo — (fam) he was scared stiff (colloq)

    a cuerpo de rey — (fam)

    a cuerpo gentil — (fam) without a coat (o sweater etc)

    echarse algo al cuerpo — (fam) < comida> to have something to eat; < bebida> to have something to drink

    sacar(le) el cuerpo a alguien — (AmL fam) to steer clear of somebody

    sacar(le) el cuerpo a algo — (AmL fam) ( a trabajo) to get out of something; ( a responsabilidad) to evade o shirk something

    b) ( cadáver) body, corpse

    encontraron su cuerpo sin vida junto al río — (period) his lifeless body was found by the river (frml)

    c) ( tronco) body
    2) (Equ) length
    3)
    a) ( parte principal) main body
    b) ( de mueble) part; ( de edificio) section
    4) (conjunto de personas, de ideas, normas) body
    5) (Fís) ( objeto) body, object; ( sustancia) substance
    6) (consistencia, densidad) body

    dar/tomar cuerpo — idea/escultura to take shape

    * * *
    = body, body, type size, body-size, corps, shank, cadaver, soma.

    Ex: But when he speaks to me he always scans my body and stares at my breasts.

    Ex: Cartographic materials are, according to AACR2, all the materials that represent, in whole or in part, the earth or any celestial body.
    Ex: Using golf-ball or daisy-wheel typewriters a good range of typefaces can be used on the same page; different type sizes can also be used.
    Ex: A fount of type was a set of letters and other symbols in which each was supplied in approximate proportion to its frequency of use, all being of one body-size and design.
    Ex: Quality abstracting services take pride in their corps of abstractors.
    Ex: Another device was to make matrices for accented sorts with the punches already used for unaccented sorts: the letter punch was stepped on its shank so that one of several accent punches could be bound on to the step to make a combined punch.
    Ex: Rather than bringing in butchers to do the handiwork of his dissections, Vesalius himself worked on the human cadavers and said that students of medicine should do the same.
    Ex: Pyramidal neurons, also known as pyramidal cells, are neurons with a pyramidal-shaped cell body ( soma) and two distinct dendritic trees.
    * a cuerpo de rey = the lap of luxury.
    * crema para el cuerlpo = body lotion.
    * cuerpo calloso = corpus callosum.
    * cuerpo celeste = celestial body, heavenly body.
    * cuerpo Danone = body beautiful.
    * cuerpo de animal muerto = carcass.
    * cuerpo de bomberos = fire department.
    * cuerpo de estanterías = bay of shelves, range of shelving, range, bay of shelving.
    * cuerpo de estanterías por materia = subject bay.
    * cuerpo de inspectores = inspectorate.
    * cuerpo de la ficha = body of the card.
    * Cuerpo de Marina = Navy Corps.
    * Cuerpo de Paz, el = Peace Corps.
    * Cuerpo de Zapadores = Army Corps Engineers.
    * cuerpo expedicionario = expeditionary force.
    * cuerpo extraño = foreign body.
    * cuerpo humano, el = human body, the.
    * cuerpo político, el = body politic, the.
    * cuerpo sin vida = dead body.
    * culto al cuerpo = cult of the body, body beautiful.
    * dar cuerpo = give + substance.
    * dar cuerpo a = flesh out.
    * dar cuerpo y forma a = lend + substance and form to.
    * de cuerpo largo = long-bodied.
    * del cuerpo = body.
    * foto de medio cuerpo = mugshot [mug shot].
    * ingeniero del cuerpo de zapadores = Army Corps engineer.
    * luchar cuerpo a cuerpo = clinch.
    * miembro del cuerpo = limb.
    * órgano del cuerpo = limb, body part.
    * pegado al cuerpo = slinky [slinkier -comp., slinkiest -sup.].
    * ponerse en forma para la lucir el cuerpo en la playa = get + beach-fit.
    * que cubre todo el cuerpo = head to toe.
    * seguro por pérdida de un miembro del cuerpo = dismemberment insurance.
    * temperatura del cuerpo = body temperature.
    * vivir a cuerpo de rey = live like + a king, live in + the lap of luxury.

    * * *
    A
    le dolía todo el cuerpo his whole body ached
    es de cuerpo muy menudo she's very slightly built o she has a very slight build
    tenía el miedo metido en el cuerpo ( fam); he was scared stiff ( colloq)
    un retrato/espejo de cuerpo entero a full-length portrait/mirror
    a cuerpo de rey ( fam): vive a cuerpo de rey he lives like a king
    nos atendieron a cuerpo de rey they treated us like royalty, they gave us real V.I.P. treatment ( colloq)
    a cuerpo or en or de cuerpo gentil ( fam); without a coat ( o sweater etc)
    cuerpo a cuerpo hand-to-hand
    en un combate cuerpo a cuerpo in hand-to-hand combat
    dárselo a algn el cuerpo ( fam): me lo daba el cuerpo que algo había ocurrido I had a feeling that something had happened
    echarse algo al cuerpo ( fam); ‹comida› to have sth to eat;
    ‹bebida› to have sth to drink, knock sth back ( colloq)
    en cuerpo y alma ( fam); wholeheartedly
    hacer or ir del cuerpo ( euf); to do one's business ( euph)
    logró hurtarle el cuerpo al golpe she managed to dodge the blow
    el cuerpo le pedía un descanso he felt he had to have a rest, his body was crying out for a rest
    pintar or retratar a algn de cuerpo entero: en pocas líneas pinta al personaje de cuerpo entero in a few lines she gives you a complete picture of what the character is like
    eso lo pinta de cuerpo entero that shows him in his true colors, that shows him for what he is
    sacar(le) el cuerpo a algn ( AmL fam); to steer clear of sb
    sacar(le) el cuerpo a algo ( AmL fam) (a un trabajo) to get out of sth; (a una responsabilidad) to evade o shirk sth
    suelto de cuerpo (CS fam); cool as anything ( colloq), cool as you like ( colloq)
    2 (cadáver) body, corpse
    allí encontraron su cuerpo sin vida ( frml); his lifeless body was found there
    3 (tronco) body
    Compuesto:
    corpus delicti
    B ( Dep, Equ) length
    ganó por tres cuerpos de ventaja she won by three lengths
    C
    1 (parte principal) main body
    un armario de dos cuerpos a double wardrobe
    se negaron a hacer declaraciones como cuerpo they refused to make any statement as a body o group
    su separación del cuerpo his dismissal from the force ( o service etc)
    2 (de ideas, normas) body
    Compuestos:
    corps de ballet
    fire department ( AmE), fire brigade ( BrE)
    body of teaching
    body of laws
    peace corps
    police force
    security corps
    diplomatic corps
    electorate
    legislative body
    medical corps
    E ( Fís)
    1 (objeto) body, object
    2 (sustancia) substance
    Compuestos:
    heavenly body
    compound
    foreign body
    geometric shape o figure
    element
    F (consistencia, densidad) body
    un vino de mucho cuerpo a full-bodied wine
    le da cuerpo al pelo it gives the hair body
    dar/tomar cuerpo: la escultura iba tomando cuerpo the sculpture was taking shape
    hay que dar cuerpo legal a estas asociaciones we have to give legal status to these organizations
    G ( Impr) point size
    * * *

     

    cuerpo sustantivo masculino
    1
    a) (Anat) body;


    retrato/espejo de cuerpo entero full-length portrait/mirror;
    cuerpo a cuerpo hand-to-hand

    c) (Fís) ( objeto) body, object

    2 (conjunto de personas, de ideas, normas) body;

    cuerpo de policía police force;
    cuerpo diplomático diplomatic corps
    3 (consistencia, densidad) body;


    ‹ vino› full-bodied
    cuerpo sustantivo masculino
    1 body
    2 (humano) body, (tronco humano) trunk
    3 (cadáver) corpse
    4 (de un edificio o mueble) section, part
    un armario de tres cuerpos, a wardrobe with three sections
    (de un libro, una doctrina) body
    5 (grupo) corps, force
    cuerpo de bomberos, fire brigade
    cuerpo diplomático, diplomatic corps
    ♦ Locuciones: figurado tomar cuerpo, to take shape
    a cuerpo de rey, like a king
    cuerpo a cuerpo, hand-to-hand
    de cuerpo entero, full-length
    de cuerpo presente, lying in state
    un retrato de medio cuerpo, a half portrait
    ' cuerpo' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abotargarse
    - adormecerse
    - apéndice
    - caída
    - caído
    - cd
    - deformar
    - deformarse
    - delito
    - derecha
    - derecho
    - desnuda
    - desnudo
    - dilatar
    - dilatarse
    - diplomática
    - diplomático
    - el
    - encima
    - encoger
    - extraña
    - extraño
    - grasa
    - guardia
    - holgada
    - holgado
    - inclinación
    - interfecta
    - interfecto
    - línea
    - llaga
    - lugar
    - perecedera
    - perecedero
    - proporcionada
    - proporcionado
    - quiebro
    - rebanar
    - reclinar
    - silueta
    - titilar
    - vaivén
    - volverse
    - abotagado
    - asamblea
    - bola
    - bombero
    - bulto
    - cana
    - carga
    English:
    attitude
    - bar
    - beauty spot
    - bodice
    - body
    - bow
    - bruise
    - corps
    - decay
    - diplomatic corps
    - figure
    - fire brigade
    - fire department
    - force
    - full-length
    - hair
    - legislative
    - over
    - police force
    - position
    - proportionate
    - their
    - tingly
    - carcass
    - department
    - faculty
    - fellow
    - fire
    - foreign
    - full
    - length
    - profession
    - riddle
    - rigor mortis
    - wash
    * * *
    cuerpo nm
    1. [objeto material] body
    Astron cuerpo celeste heavenly body; Quím cuerpo compuesto compound;
    cuerpo extraño foreign body;
    Náut cuerpo muerto mooring buoy; Fís cuerpo negro black body; Quím cuerpo simple element
    2. [de persona, animal] body;
    el cuerpo humano the human body;
    tiene un cuerpo estupendo he's got a great body;
    ¡cuerpo a tierra! hit the ground!, get down!;
    luchar cuerpo a cuerpo to fight hand-to-hand;
    de medio cuerpo [retrato, espejo] half-length;
    de cuerpo entero [retrato, espejo] full-length;
    Fam
    a cuerpo (gentil) without a coat on;
    a cuerpo descubierto o [m5]limpio: se enfrentaron a cuerpo descubierto o [m5] limpio they fought each other hand-to-hand;
    Fam
    dejar mal cuerpo: la comida le dejó muy mal cuerpo the meal disagreed with him;
    la discusión con mi padre me dejó muy mal cuerpo the argument with my father left a bad taste in my mouth;
    en cuerpo y alma: se dedicó en cuerpo y alma a ayudar a los necesitados he devoted himself body and soul to helping the poor;
    se entrega en cuerpo y alma a la empresa she gives her all for the company;
    Fam
    demasiado para el cuerpo: ¡esta película es demasiado para el cuerpo! this movie o Br film is just great!, Br this film is the business!;
    echarse algo al cuerpo: se echó al cuerpo dos botellas de vino he downed two bottles of wine;
    Fam Euf
    hacer de cuerpo to relieve oneself;
    le metieron el miedo en el cuerpo they filled her with fear, they scared her stiff;
    Fam
    pedir algo el cuerpo: esta noche el cuerpo me pide bailar I'm in the mood for dancing tonight;
    no bebas más si no te lo pide el cuerpo don't have any more to drink if you don't feel like it;
    Am Fam
    sacarle el cuerpo a algo to get out of (doing) sth;
    RP Fam
    suelto de cuerpo as cool o nice as you like o please;
    a pesar de todo lo que le dije, después se me acercó muy suelto de cuerpo despite everything I said to him, he came up to me later as cool o nice as you like;
    Fam
    tratar a alguien a cuerpo de rey to treat sb like royalty o like a king;
    Fam
    vivir a cuerpo de rey to live like a king
    3. [tronco] trunk
    4. [parte principal] main body;
    el cuerpo del libro the main part o body of the book
    5. [densidad, consistencia] thickness;
    la tela de este vestido tiene mucho cuerpo this dress is made from a very heavy cloth;
    un vino con mucho cuerpo a full-bodied wine;
    dar cuerpo a [salsa] to thicken;
    tomar cuerpo: mover hasta que la mezcla tome cuerpo stir until the mixture thickens;
    están tomando cuerpo los rumores de remodelación del gobierno the rumoured cabinet reshuffle is beginning to look like a distinct possibility;
    el proyecto de nuevo aeropuerto va tomando cuerpo the new airport project is taking shape
    6. [cadáver] body, corpse;
    de cuerpo presente (lying) in state
    7. [corporación consular, militar] corps;
    el agente fue expulsado del cuerpo por indisciplina the policeman was thrown out of the force for indiscipline
    cuerpo de baile dance company;
    cuerpo de bomberos Br fire brigade, US fire department;
    cuerpo diplomático diplomatic corps;
    cuerpo expedicionario expeditionary force;
    cuerpo médico medical corps;
    cuerpo de policía police force
    8. [conjunto de informaciones] body;
    cuerpo de doctrina body of ideas, doctrine;
    cuerpo legal body of legislation
    9. [parte de armario, edificio] section
    10. [parte de vestido] body, bodice
    11. [en carreras] length;
    el caballo ganó por cuatro cuerpos the horse won by four lengths
    12. Der cuerpo del delito corpus delicti, = evidence of a crime or means of perpetrating it
    13. Imprenta point;
    letra de cuerpo diez ten point font
    * * *
    m
    1 body;
    cuerpo a cuerpo hand-to-hand;
    retrato de cuerpo entero/de medio cuerpo full-length/half-length portrait;
    a cuerpo de rey like a king;
    en cuerpo y alma body and soul;
    aún estaba de cuerpo presente he had not yet been buried;
    me lo pide el cuerpo I feel like it;
    hacer del cuerpo euph do one’s business
    2 de policía force;
    3
    :
    tomar cuerpo take shape
    * * *
    cuerpo nm
    1) : body
    2) : corps
    * * *
    1. (en general) body [pl. bodies]
    2. (tronco) trunk
    tomar cuerpo to take shape [pt. took; pp. taken]

    Spanish-English dictionary > cuerpo

  • 18 bellum

    bellum (ante-class. and poet. duel-lum), i, n. [Sanscr. dva, dvi, dus; cf. Germ. zwei; Engl. two, twice; for the change from initial du- to b-, cf. bis for duis, and v. the letter B, and Varr. L. L. 5, § 73 Mull.; 7, § 49 ib.], war.
    I.
    Form duellum: duellum, bellum, videlicet quod duabus partibus de victoria contendentibus dimicatur. Inde est perduellis, qui pertinaciter retinet bellum, Paul. ex Fest. p. 66, 17 Mull.:

    bellum antea duellum vocatum eo quod duae sunt dimicantium partes... Postea mutata littera dictum bellum,

    Isid. Orig. 18, 1, 9: hos pestis necuit, pars occidit illa duellis, Enn. ap. Prisc. p. 9, 861 P. (Ann. v. 549 Vahl.):

    legiones reveniunt domum Exstincto duello maximo atque internecatis hostibus,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 35:

    quae domi duellique male fecisti,

    id. As. 3, 2, 13.—So in archaic style, or in citations from ancient documents:

    quique agent rem duelli,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 8, 21:

    aes atque ferrum, duelli instrumenta,

    id. ib. 2, 18, 45 (translated from the Platonic laws):

    puro pioque duello quaerendas (res) censeo,

    Liv. 1, 32, 12 (quoted from ancient transactions); so,

    quod duellum populo Romano cum Carthaginiensi est,

    id. 22, 10, 2:

    victoriaque duelli populi Romani erit,

    id. 23, 11, 2:

    si duellum quod cum rege Antiocho sumi populus jussit,

    id. 36, 2, 2;

    and from an ancient inscription' duello magno dirimendo, etc.,

    id. 40, 52, 5.— Poet.:

    hic... Pacem duello miscuit,

    Hor. C. 3, 5, 38:

    cadum Marsi memorem duelli,

    id. ib. 3, 14, 18:

    vacuum duellis Janum Quirini clausit,

    id. ib. 4, 15, 8; cf. id. Ep. 1, 2, 7; 2, 1, 254; 2, 2, 98; Ov. F. 6, 201; Juv. 1, 169— [p. 227]
    II.
    Form bellum.
    A.
    War, warfare (abstr.), or a war, the war (concr.), i.e. hostilities between two nations (cf. tumultus).
    1.
    Specifying the enemy.
    a.
    By adjj. denoting the nation:

    omnibus Punicis Siciliensibusque bellis,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 47, § 124:

    aliquot annis ante secundum Punicum bellum,

    id. Ac. 2, 5, 13:

    Britannicum bellum,

    id. Att. 4, 16, 13:

    Gallicum,

    id. Prov. Cons. 14, 35:

    Germanicum,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 28:

    Sabinum,

    Liv. 1, 26, 4:

    Parthicum,

    Vell. 2, 46, 2;

    similarly: bellum piraticum,

    the war against the pirates, Vell. 2, 33, 1.—Sometimes the adj. refers to the leader or king of the enemy:

    Sertorianum bellum,

    Cic. Phil. 11, 8, 18:

    Mithridaticum,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7:

    Jugurthinum,

    Hor. Epod. 9, 23; Vell. 2, 11, 1;

    similarly: bellum regium,

    the war against kings, Cic. Imp. Pomp. 17, 50. —Or it refers to the theatre of the war:

    bellum Africanum, Transalpinum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 28:

    Asiaticum,

    id. ib. 22, 64:

    Africum,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 32 fin.:

    Actiacum,

    Vell. 2, 86, 3:

    Hispaniense,

    id. 2, 55, 2.—
    b.
    With gen. of the name of the nation or its leader: bellum Latinorum, the Latin war, i. e. against the Latins, Cic. N. D. 2, 2, 6:

    Venetorum,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 16:

    Helvetiorum,

    id. ib. 1, 40 fin.;

    1, 30: Ambiorigis,

    id. ib. 6, 29, 4:

    Pyrrhi, Philippi,

    Cic. Phil. 11, 7, 17:

    Samnitium,

    Liv. 7, 29, 2.—
    c.
    With cum and abl. of the name.
    (α).
    Attributively:

    cum Jugurtha, cum Cimbris, cum Teutonis bellum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 20, 60:

    belli causa cum Samnitibus,

    Liv. 7, 29, 3:

    hunc finem bellum cum Philippo habuit,

    id. 33, 35, 12:

    novum cum Antiocho instabat bellum,

    id. 36, 36, 7; cf. id. 35, 40, 1; 38, 58, 8; 39, 1, 8; 44, 14, 7.—
    (β).
    With cum dependent on the verb:

    quia bellum Aetolis esse dixi cum Aliis,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 59:

    novi consules... duo bella habuere... alterum cum Tiburtibus,

    Liv. 7, 17, 2; esp. with gero, v. 2. b. a infra.—
    d.
    With adversus and acc. of the name.
    (α).
    Attributively:

    bellum adversus Philippum,

    Liv. 31, 1, 8:

    bellum populus adversus Vestinos jussit,

    id. 8, 29, 6.—
    (β).
    With adversus dependent on the verb: quod homines populi Hermunduli adversus populum Romanum bellum fecere, Cincius ap. Gell. 16, 14, 1: nos pro vobis bellum suscepimus adversus Philippum. Liv. 31, 31, 18:

    ut multo acrius adversus duos quam adversus unum pararet bellum,

    id. 45, 11, 8:

    bellum quod rex adversus Datamem susceperat,

    Nep. Dat. 8, 5.—
    e.
    With contra and acc.:

    cum bellum nefarium contra aras et focos, contra vitam fortunasque nostras... non comparari, sed geri jam viderem,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 1, 1:

    causam belli contra patriam inferendi,

    id. ib. 2, 22, 53.—
    f.
    With in and acc. (very rare):

    Athenienses in Peloponnesios sexto et vicesimo anno bellum gerentes,

    Nep. Lys. 1, 1.—
    g.
    With inter and acc.:

    hic finis belli inter Romanos ac Persea fuit,

    Liv. 45, 9, 2.—
    h.
    With apud and acc.:

    secutum est bellum gestum apud Mutinam,

    Nep. Att. 9, 1.—
    k.
    With dat. of the enemy after inferre and facere, v. 2. a. k infra.—
    2.
    With verbs.
    a.
    Referring to the beginning of the war.
    (α).
    Bellum movere or commovere, to bring about, stir up a war:

    summa erat observatio in bello movendo,

    Cic. Off. 1, 11, 37:

    bellum commotum a Scapula,

    id. Fam. 9, 13, 1:

    nuntiabant alii... in Apulia servile bellum moveri,

    Sall. C. 30, 2:

    is primum Volscis bellum in ducentos amplius... annos movit,

    Liv. 1, 53, 2:

    insequenti anno Veiens bellum motum,

    id. 4, 58, 6:

    dii pium movere bellum,

    id. 8, 6, 4; cf. Verg. A. 10, 627; id. G. 1, 509; so,

    concitare,

    Liv. 7, 27, 5; and ciere ( poet.), Verg. A. 1, 541; 6, 829; 12, 158.—
    (β).
    Bellum parare, comparare, apparare, or se praeparare bello, to prepare a war, or for a war:

    cum tam pestiferum bellum pararet,

    Cic. Att. 9, 13, 3:

    bellum utrimque summopere parabatur,

    Liv. 1, 23, 1; cf. id. 45, 11, 8 (v. II. A. 1. d. b supra); Nep. Hann. 2, 6; Quint. 12, 3, 5; Ov. M. 7, 456; so,

    parare alicui,

    Nep. Alcib. 9, 5:

    bellum terra et mari comparat,

    Cic. Att. 10, 4, 3:

    tantum bellum... Cn. Pompeius extrema hieme apparavit, ineunte vere suscepit, media aestate confecit,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 3, 5:

    bellum omnium consensu apparari coeptum,

    Liv. 4, 55, 7:

    numquam imperator ita paci credit, ut non se praeparet bello,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 26, 2.—
    (γ).
    Bellum differre, to postpone a war:

    nec jam poterat bellum differri,

    Liv. 2, 30, 7:

    mors Hamilcaris et pueritia Hannibalis distulerunt bellum,

    id. 21, 2, 3; cf. id. 5, 5, 3.—
    (δ).
    Bellum sumere, to undertake, begin a war (not in Caesar):

    omne bellum sumi facile, ceterum aegerrume desinere,

    Sall. J. 83, 1:

    prius tamen omnia pati decrevit quam bellum sumere,

    id. ib. 20, 5:

    de integro bellum sumit,

    id. ib. 62, 9:

    iis haec maxima ratio belli sumendi fuerat,

    Liv. 38, 19, 3:

    sumi bellum etiam ab ignavis, strenuissimi cujusque periculo geri,

    Tac. H. 4, 69; cf. id. A. 2, 45; 13, 34; 15, 5; 15, 7; id. Agr. 16.—
    (ε).
    Bellum suscipere (rarely inire), to undertake, commence a war, join in a war:

    bellum ita suscipiatur ut nihil nisi pax quaesita videatur,

    Cic. Off. 1, 23, 80:

    suscipienda quidem bella sunt ob eam causam ut, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 11, 35:

    judicavit a plerisque ignoratione... bellum esse susceptum,

    join, id. Marcell. 5, 13; id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 35 (v. supra):

    cum avertisset plebem a suscipiendo bello,

    undertaking, Liv. 4, 58, 14:

    senatui cum Camillo agi placuit ut bellum Etruscum susciperet,

    id. 6, 9, 5:

    bella non causis inita, sed ut eorum merces fuit,

    Vell. 2, 3, 3.—
    (ζ).
    Bellum consentire = bellum consensu decernere, to decree a war by agreement, to ratify a declaration of war (rare):

    consensit et senatus bellum,

    Liv. 8, 6, 8:

    bellum erat consensum,

    id. 1, 32, 12.—
    (η).
    Bellum alicui mandare, committere, decernere, dare, gerendum dare, ad aliquem deferre, or aliquem bello praeficere, praeponere, to assign a war to one as a commander, to give one the chief command in a war:

    sed ne tum quidem populus Romanus ad privatum detulit bellum,

    Cic. Phil. 11, 8, 18:

    populus Romanus consuli... bellum gerendum dedit,

    id. ib.:

    cur non... eidem... hoc quoque bellum regium committamus?

    id. Imp. Pomp. 17, 50:

    Camillus cui id bellum mandatum erat,

    Liv. 5, 26, 3:

    Volscum bellum M. Furio extra ordinem decretum,

    id. 6, 22, 6:

    Gallicum bellum Popilio extra ordinem datum,

    id. 7, 23, 2:

    quo die a vobis maritimo bello praepositus est imperator,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44:

    cum ei (bello) imperatorem praeficere possitis, in quo sit eximia belli scientia,

    id. ib. 16, 49:

    hunc toti bello praefecerunt,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 11 fin.:

    alicui bellum suscipiendum dare,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 19, 58:

    bellum administrandum permittere,

    id. ib. 21, 61.—
    (θ).
    Bellum indicere alicui, to declare war against (the regular expression; coupled with facere in the ancient formula of the pater patratus), also bellum denuntiare: ob eam rem ego... populo Hermundulo... bellum (in)dico facioque, Cincius ap. Gell. 16, 14, 1:

    ob eam rem ego populusque Romanus populis... Latinis bellum indico facioque,

    Liv. 1, 32, 13:

    Corinthiis bellum indicamus an non?

    Cic. Inv. 1, 12, 17:

    ex quo intellegi potest, nullum bellum esse justum nisi quod aut rebus repetitis geratur, aut denuntiatum ante sit et indictum,

    id. Off. 1, 11, 36; id. Rep. 3, 23, 35:

    bellum indici posse existimabat,

    Liv. 1, 22, 4:

    ni reddantur (res) bellum indicere jussos,

    id. 1, 22, 6:

    ut... nec gererentur solum sed etiam indicerentur bella aliquo ritu, jus... descripsit quo res repetuntur,

    id. 1, 32, 5; cf. id. 1, 32, 9; 2, 18, 11; 2, 38, 5; Verg. A. 7, 616.—
    (κ).
    Bellum inferre alicui (cf. contra aliquem, 1. e. supra; also bellum facere; absol., with dat., or with cum and abl.), to begin a war against ( with), to make war on:

    Denseletis nefarium bellum intulisti,

    Cic. Pis. 34, 84:

    ei civitati bellum indici atque inferri solere,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 31, § 79:

    qui sibi Galliaeque bellum intulissent,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 16; Nep. Them. 2, 4; Verg. A. 3, 248:

    bellumne populo Romano Lampsacena civitas facere conabatur?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 31, § 79:

    bellum patriae faciet,

    id. Mil. 23, 63; id. Cat. 3, 9, 22:

    civitatem Eburonum populo Romano bellum facere ausam,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 28; cf. id. ib. 7, 2;

    3, 29: constituit bellum facere,

    Sall. C. 26, 5; 24, 2:

    occupant bellum facere,

    they are the first to begin the war, Liv. 1, 14, 4:

    ut bellum cum Priscis Latinis fieret,

    id. 1, 32, 13:

    populus Palaepolitanis bellum fieri jussit,

    id. 8, 22, 8; cf. Nep. Dion, 4, 3; id. Ages. 2, 1.— Coupled with instruere, to sustain a war:

    urbs quae bellum facere atque instruere possit,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 28, 77.—Bellum facere had become obsolete at Seneca's time, Sen. Ep. 114, 17.—
    (λ).
    Bellum oritur or exoritur, a war begins:

    subito bellum in Gallia ex, ortum est,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 7:

    aliud multo propius bellum ortum,

    Liv. 1, 14, 4:

    Veiens bellum exortum,

    id. 2, 53, 1.—

    bellum

    (ante-class. and poet.

    duel-lum

    ), i, n. [Sanscr. dva, dvi, dus; cf. Germ. zwei; Engl. two, twice; for the change from initial du- to b-, cf. bis for duis, and v. the letter B, and Varr. L. L. 5, § 73 Mull.; 7, § 49 ib.], war.
    I.
    Form duellum: duellum, bellum, videlicet quod duabus partibus de victoria contendentibus dimicatur. Inde est perduellis, qui pertinaciter retinet bellum, Paul. ex Fest. p. 66, 17 Mull.:

    bellum antea duellum vocatum eo quod duae sunt dimicantium partes... Postea mutata littera dictum bellum,

    Isid. Orig. 18, 1, 9: hos pestis necuit, pars occidit illa duellis, Enn. ap. Prisc. p. 9, 861 P. (Ann. v. 549 Vahl.):

    legiones reveniunt domum Exstincto duello maximo atque internecatis hostibus,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 35:

    quae domi duellique male fecisti,

    id. As. 3, 2, 13.—So in archaic style, or in citations from ancient documents:

    quique agent rem duelli,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 8, 21:

    aes atque ferrum, duelli instrumenta,

    id. ib. 2, 18, 45 (translated from the Platonic laws):

    puro pioque duello quaerendas (res) censeo,

    Liv. 1, 32, 12 (quoted from ancient transactions); so,

    quod duellum populo Romano cum Carthaginiensi est,

    id. 22, 10, 2:

    victoriaque duelli populi Romani erit,

    id. 23, 11, 2:

    si duellum quod cum rege Antiocho sumi populus jussit,

    id. 36, 2, 2;

    and from an ancient inscription' duello magno dirimendo, etc.,

    id. 40, 52, 5.— Poet.:

    hic... Pacem duello miscuit,

    Hor. C. 3, 5, 38:

    cadum Marsi memorem duelli,

    id. ib. 3, 14, 18:

    vacuum duellis Janum Quirini clausit,

    id. ib. 4, 15, 8; cf. id. Ep. 1, 2, 7; 2, 1, 254; 2, 2, 98; Ov. F. 6, 201; Juv. 1, 169— [p. 227]
    II.
    Form bellum.
    A.
    War, warfare (abstr.), or a war, the war (concr.), i.e. hostilities between two nations (cf. tumultus).
    1.
    Specifying the enemy.
    a.
    By adjj. denoting the nation:

    omnibus Punicis Siciliensibusque bellis,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 47, § 124:

    aliquot annis ante secundum Punicum bellum,

    id. Ac. 2, 5, 13:

    Britannicum bellum,

    id. Att. 4, 16, 13:

    Gallicum,

    id. Prov. Cons. 14, 35:

    Germanicum,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 28:

    Sabinum,

    Liv. 1, 26, 4:

    Parthicum,

    Vell. 2, 46, 2;

    similarly: bellum piraticum,

    the war against the pirates, Vell. 2, 33, 1.—Sometimes the adj. refers to the leader or king of the enemy:

    Sertorianum bellum,

    Cic. Phil. 11, 8, 18:

    Mithridaticum,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7:

    Jugurthinum,

    Hor. Epod. 9, 23; Vell. 2, 11, 1;

    similarly: bellum regium,

    the war against kings, Cic. Imp. Pomp. 17, 50. —Or it refers to the theatre of the war:

    bellum Africanum, Transalpinum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 28:

    Asiaticum,

    id. ib. 22, 64:

    Africum,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 32 fin.:

    Actiacum,

    Vell. 2, 86, 3:

    Hispaniense,

    id. 2, 55, 2.—
    b.
    With gen. of the name of the nation or its leader: bellum Latinorum, the Latin war, i. e. against the Latins, Cic. N. D. 2, 2, 6:

    Venetorum,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 16:

    Helvetiorum,

    id. ib. 1, 40 fin.;

    1, 30: Ambiorigis,

    id. ib. 6, 29, 4:

    Pyrrhi, Philippi,

    Cic. Phil. 11, 7, 17:

    Samnitium,

    Liv. 7, 29, 2.—
    c.
    With cum and abl. of the name.
    (α).
    Attributively:

    cum Jugurtha, cum Cimbris, cum Teutonis bellum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 20, 60:

    belli causa cum Samnitibus,

    Liv. 7, 29, 3:

    hunc finem bellum cum Philippo habuit,

    id. 33, 35, 12:

    novum cum Antiocho instabat bellum,

    id. 36, 36, 7; cf. id. 35, 40, 1; 38, 58, 8; 39, 1, 8; 44, 14, 7.—
    (β).
    With cum dependent on the verb:

    quia bellum Aetolis esse dixi cum Aliis,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 59:

    novi consules... duo bella habuere... alterum cum Tiburtibus,

    Liv. 7, 17, 2; esp. with gero, v. 2. b. a infra.—
    d.
    With adversus and acc. of the name.
    (α).
    Attributively:

    bellum adversus Philippum,

    Liv. 31, 1, 8:

    bellum populus adversus Vestinos jussit,

    id. 8, 29, 6.—
    (β).
    With adversus dependent on the verb: quod homines populi Hermunduli adversus populum Romanum bellum fecere, Cincius ap. Gell. 16, 14, 1: nos pro vobis bellum suscepimus adversus Philippum. Liv. 31, 31, 18:

    ut multo acrius adversus duos quam adversus unum pararet bellum,

    id. 45, 11, 8:

    bellum quod rex adversus Datamem susceperat,

    Nep. Dat. 8, 5.—
    e.
    With contra and acc.:

    cum bellum nefarium contra aras et focos, contra vitam fortunasque nostras... non comparari, sed geri jam viderem,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 1, 1:

    causam belli contra patriam inferendi,

    id. ib. 2, 22, 53.—
    f.
    With in and acc. (very rare):

    Athenienses in Peloponnesios sexto et vicesimo anno bellum gerentes,

    Nep. Lys. 1, 1.—
    g.
    With inter and acc.:

    hic finis belli inter Romanos ac Persea fuit,

    Liv. 45, 9, 2.—
    h.
    With apud and acc.:

    secutum est bellum gestum apud Mutinam,

    Nep. Att. 9, 1.—
    k.
    With dat. of the enemy after inferre and facere, v. 2. a. k infra.—
    2.
    With verbs.
    a.
    Referring to the beginning of the war.
    (α).
    Bellum movere or commovere, to bring about, stir up a war:

    summa erat observatio in bello movendo,

    Cic. Off. 1, 11, 37:

    bellum commotum a Scapula,

    id. Fam. 9, 13, 1:

    nuntiabant alii... in Apulia servile bellum moveri,

    Sall. C. 30, 2:

    is primum Volscis bellum in ducentos amplius... annos movit,

    Liv. 1, 53, 2:

    insequenti anno Veiens bellum motum,

    id. 4, 58, 6:

    dii pium movere bellum,

    id. 8, 6, 4; cf. Verg. A. 10, 627; id. G. 1, 509; so,

    concitare,

    Liv. 7, 27, 5; and ciere ( poet.), Verg. A. 1, 541; 6, 829; 12, 158.—
    (β).
    Bellum parare, comparare, apparare, or se praeparare bello, to prepare a war, or for a war:

    cum tam pestiferum bellum pararet,

    Cic. Att. 9, 13, 3:

    bellum utrimque summopere parabatur,

    Liv. 1, 23, 1; cf. id. 45, 11, 8 (v. II. A. 1. d. b supra); Nep. Hann. 2, 6; Quint. 12, 3, 5; Ov. M. 7, 456; so,

    parare alicui,

    Nep. Alcib. 9, 5:

    bellum terra et mari comparat,

    Cic. Att. 10, 4, 3:

    tantum bellum... Cn. Pompeius extrema hieme apparavit, ineunte vere suscepit, media aestate confecit,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 3, 5:

    bellum omnium consensu apparari coeptum,

    Liv. 4, 55, 7:

    numquam imperator ita paci credit, ut non se praeparet bello,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 26, 2.—
    (γ).
    Bellum differre, to postpone a war:

    nec jam poterat bellum differri,

    Liv. 2, 30, 7:

    mors Hamilcaris et pueritia Hannibalis distulerunt bellum,

    id. 21, 2, 3; cf. id. 5, 5, 3.—
    (δ).
    Bellum sumere, to undertake, begin a war (not in Caesar):

    omne bellum sumi facile, ceterum aegerrume desinere,

    Sall. J. 83, 1:

    prius tamen omnia pati decrevit quam bellum sumere,

    id. ib. 20, 5:

    de integro bellum sumit,

    id. ib. 62, 9:

    iis haec maxima ratio belli sumendi fuerat,

    Liv. 38, 19, 3:

    sumi bellum etiam ab ignavis, strenuissimi cujusque periculo geri,

    Tac. H. 4, 69; cf. id. A. 2, 45; 13, 34; 15, 5; 15, 7; id. Agr. 16.—
    (ε).
    Bellum suscipere (rarely inire), to undertake, commence a war, join in a war:

    bellum ita suscipiatur ut nihil nisi pax quaesita videatur,

    Cic. Off. 1, 23, 80:

    suscipienda quidem bella sunt ob eam causam ut, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 11, 35:

    judicavit a plerisque ignoratione... bellum esse susceptum,

    join, id. Marcell. 5, 13; id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 35 (v. supra):

    cum avertisset plebem a suscipiendo bello,

    undertaking, Liv. 4, 58, 14:

    senatui cum Camillo agi placuit ut bellum Etruscum susciperet,

    id. 6, 9, 5:

    bella non causis inita, sed ut eorum merces fuit,

    Vell. 2, 3, 3.—
    (ζ).
    Bellum consentire = bellum consensu decernere, to decree a war by agreement, to ratify a declaration of war (rare):

    consensit et senatus bellum,

    Liv. 8, 6, 8:

    bellum erat consensum,

    id. 1, 32, 12.—
    (η).
    Bellum alicui mandare, committere, decernere, dare, gerendum dare, ad aliquem deferre, or aliquem bello praeficere, praeponere, to assign a war to one as a commander, to give one the chief command in a war:

    sed ne tum quidem populus Romanus ad privatum detulit bellum,

    Cic. Phil. 11, 8, 18:

    populus Romanus consuli... bellum gerendum dedit,

    id. ib.:

    cur non... eidem... hoc quoque bellum regium committamus?

    id. Imp. Pomp. 17, 50:

    Camillus cui id bellum mandatum erat,

    Liv. 5, 26, 3:

    Volscum bellum M. Furio extra ordinem decretum,

    id. 6, 22, 6:

    Gallicum bellum Popilio extra ordinem datum,

    id. 7, 23, 2:

    quo die a vobis maritimo bello praepositus est imperator,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44:

    cum ei (bello) imperatorem praeficere possitis, in quo sit eximia belli scientia,

    id. ib. 16, 49:

    hunc toti bello praefecerunt,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 11 fin.:

    alicui bellum suscipiendum dare,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 19, 58:

    bellum administrandum permittere,

    id. ib. 21, 61.—
    (θ).
    Bellum indicere alicui, to declare war against (the regular expression; coupled with facere in the ancient formula of the pater patratus), also bellum denuntiare: ob eam rem ego... populo Hermundulo... bellum (in)dico facioque, Cincius ap. Gell. 16, 14, 1:

    ob eam rem ego populusque Romanus populis... Latinis bellum indico facioque,

    Liv. 1, 32, 13:

    Corinthiis bellum indicamus an non?

    Cic. Inv. 1, 12, 17:

    ex quo intellegi potest, nullum bellum esse justum nisi quod aut rebus repetitis geratur, aut denuntiatum ante sit et indictum,

    id. Off. 1, 11, 36; id. Rep. 3, 23, 35:

    bellum indici posse existimabat,

    Liv. 1, 22, 4:

    ni reddantur (res) bellum indicere jussos,

    id. 1, 22, 6:

    ut... nec gererentur solum sed etiam indicerentur bella aliquo ritu, jus... descripsit quo res repetuntur,

    id. 1, 32, 5; cf. id. 1, 32, 9; 2, 18, 11; 2, 38, 5; Verg. A. 7, 616.—
    (κ).
    Bellum inferre alicui (cf. contra aliquem, 1. e. supra; also bellum facere; absol., with dat., or with cum and abl.), to begin a war against ( with), to make war on:

    Denseletis nefarium bellum intulisti,

    Cic. Pis. 34, 84:

    ei civitati bellum indici atque inferri solere,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 31, § 79:

    qui sibi Galliaeque bellum intulissent,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 16; Nep. Them. 2, 4; Verg. A. 3, 248:

    bellumne populo Romano Lampsacena civitas facere conabatur?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 31, § 79:

    bellum patriae faciet,

    id. Mil. 23, 63; id. Cat. 3, 9, 22:

    civitatem Eburonum populo Romano bellum facere ausam,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 28; cf. id. ib. 7, 2;

    3, 29: constituit bellum facere,

    Sall. C. 26, 5; 24, 2:

    occupant bellum facere,

    they are the first to begin the war, Liv. 1, 14, 4:

    ut bellum cum Priscis Latinis fieret,

    id. 1, 32, 13:

    populus Palaepolitanis bellum fieri jussit,

    id. 8, 22, 8; cf. Nep. Dion, 4, 3; id. Ages. 2, 1.— Coupled with instruere, to sustain a war:

    urbs quae bellum facere atque instruere possit,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 28, 77.—Bellum facere had become obsolete at Seneca's time, Sen. Ep. 114, 17.—
    (λ).
    Bellum oritur or exoritur, a war begins:

    subito bellum in Gallia ex, ortum est,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 7:

    aliud multo propius bellum ortum,

    Liv. 1, 14, 4:

    Veiens bellum exortum,

    id. 2, 53, 1.—
    b.
    Referring to the carrying on of the war: bellum gerere, to carry on a war; absol., with cum and abl., per and acc., or in and abl. (cf.:

    bellum gerere in aliquem, 1. a. and f. supra): nisi forte ego vobis... cessare nunc videor cum bella non gero,

    Cic. Sen. 6, 18:

    cum Celtiberis, cum Cimbris bellum ut cum inimicis gerebatur,

    id. Off. 1, 12, 38:

    cum ei bellum ut cum rege Perse gereret obtigisset,

    id. Div. 1, 46, 103:

    erant hae difficultates belli gerendi,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 10:

    bellum cum Germanis gerere constituit,

    id. ib. 4, 6:

    Cn. Pompeius in extremis terris bellum gerebat,

    Sall. C. 16, 5:

    bellum quod Hannibale duce Carthaginienses cum populo Romano gessere,

    Liv. 21, 1, 1:

    alter consul in Sabinis bellum gessit,

    id. 2, 62, 3:

    de exercitibus per quos id bellum gereretur,

    id. 23, 25, 5:

    Chabrias bella in Aegypto sua sponte gessit,

    Nep. Chabr, 2, 1.—Sometimes bellum administrare only of the commander, Cic. Imp. Pomp. 15, 43; Nep. Chabr. 2, 1. —Also (very rare):

    bellum bellare,

    Liv. 8, 40, 1 (but belligerantes is absol., Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38; Ann. v. 201 Vahl.);

    in the same sense: bellum agere,

    Nep. Hann. 8, 3. —As a synonym:

    bello persequi aliquem,

    Nep. Con. 4, 1; cf. Liv. 3, 25, 3.—
    (β).
    Trahere or ducere bellum, to protract a war:

    necesse est enim aut trahi id bellum, aut, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 10, 8, 2:

    bellum trahi non posse,

    Sall. J. 23, 2:

    belli trahendi causa,

    Liv. 5, 11, 8:

    morae qua trahebant bellum paenitebat,

    id. 9, 27, 5:

    suadere institui ut bellum duceret,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 3, 2:

    bellum enim ducetur,

    id. ad Brut. 1, 18, 6; Nep. Alcib. 8, 1; id. Dat. 8, 4;

    similarly: cum his molliter et per dilationes bellum geri oportet?

    Liv. 5, 5, 1.—
    (γ).
    Bellum repellere, defendere, or propulsare, to ward off, defend one ' s self against a war:

    bellum Gallicum C. Caesare imperatore gestum est, antea tantummodo repulsum,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 13, 32:

    quod bellum non intulerit sed defenderit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 44:

    Samnitium vix a se ipsis eo tempore propulsantium bellum,

    Liv. 8, 37, 5.—
    c.
    Referring to the end of a war.
    (α).
    Bellum deponere, ponere, or omittere, to give up, discontinue a war:

    in quo (i.e. bello) et gerendo et deponendo jus ut plurimum valeret lege sanximus,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 14, 34:

    (bellum) cum deponi victores velint,

    Sall. J. 83, 1:

    bellum decem ferme annis ante depositum erat,

    Liv. 31, 1, 8:

    nos depositum a vobis bellum et ipsi omisimus,

    id. 31, 31, 19:

    dicit posse condicionibus bellum poni,

    Sall. J. 112, 1:

    bellum grave cum Etruria positum est,

    id. H. Fragm. 1, 9 Dietsch:

    velut posito bello,

    Liv. 1, 53, 5:

    manere bellum quod positum simuletur,

    id. 1, 53, 7:

    posito ubique bello,

    Tac. H. 2, 52; cf. Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 93; Verg. A. 1, 291:

    omisso Romano bello Porsinna filium Arruntem Ariciam... mittit,

    Liv. 2, 14, 5.—
    (β).
    Bellum componere, to end a war by agreement, make peace:

    timerent ne bellum componeretur,

    Cic. Fam. 10, 33, 3:

    si bellum compositum foret,

    Sall. J. 97, 2:

    belli componendi licentiam,

    id. ib. 103, 3; cf. Nep. Ham. 1, 5; id. Hann. 6, 2; id. Alcib. 8, 3; Verg. A. 12, 109;

    similarly: bellum sedare,

    Nep. Dat. 8, 5.—
    (γ).
    Bellum conficere, perficere, finire, to finish, end a war; conficere (the most usual term) and perficere, = to finish a war by conquering; finire (rare), without implying success:

    is bellum confecerit qui Antonium oppresserit,

    Cic. Fam. 11, 12, 2:

    bellumque maximum conficies,

    id. Rep. 6, 11, 11:

    confecto Mithridatico bello,

    id. Prov. Cons. 11, 27; cf. id. Fam. 5, 10, 3; id. Imp. Pomp. 14, 42:

    quo proelio... bellum Venetorum confectum est,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 16; cf. id. ib. 1, 30; 1, 44; 1, 54; 3, 28;

    4, 16: bello confecto de Rhodiis consultum est,

    Sall. C. 51, 5; cf. id. J. 36, 1; 114, 3:

    neminem nisi bello confecto pecuniam petiturum esse,

    Liv. 24, 18, 11; cf. id. 21, 40, 11; 23, 6, 2; 31, 47, 4; 32, 32, 6;

    36, 2, 3: bello perfecto,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 18, 5; Liv. 1, 38, 3:

    se quo die hostem vidisset perfecturum (i. e. bellum),

    id. 22, 38, 7; 31, 4, 2; cf. id. 3, 24, 1; 34, 6, 12; Just. 5, 2, 11:

    neque desiturum ante... quam finitum aliqua tolerabili condicione bellum videro,

    Liv. 23, 12, 10: finito ex maxima parte.. [p. 228] italico bello, Vell. 2, 17, 1; Curt. 3, 1, 9; Tac. A. 15, 17; Just. 16, 2, 6; 24, 1, 8; Verg. A. 11, 116.—
    d.
    Less usual connections:

    bellum delere: non modo praesentia sed etiam futura bella delevit,

    Cic. Lael. 3, 11; cf. Nep. Alcib. 8, 4:

    alere ac fovere bellum,

    Liv. 42, 11, 5:

    bellum navare alicui,

    Tac. H. 5, 25:

    spargere,

    id. A. 3, 21; id. Agr. 38; Luc. 2, 682:

    serere,

    Liv. 21, 10, 4:

    circumferre,

    Tac. A. 13, 37:

    exercere,

    id. ib. 6, 31:

    quam celeriter belli impetus navigavit ( = quam celeriter navale bellum gestum est),

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 34; so Flor. 2, 2, 17:

    bellum ascendit in rupes,

    id. 4, 12, 4:

    bellum serpit in proximos,

    id. 2, 9, 4; cf. id. 2, 2, 15:

    bella narrare,

    Cic. Or. 9, 30:

    canere bella,

    Quint. 10, 1, 91:

    bella legere,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 28.—
    3.
    As object denoting place or time.
    a.
    Proficisci ad bellum, to depart for the war.
    (α).
    Of the commander:

    consul sortitu ad bellum profectus,

    Cic. Phil. 14, 2, 4; cf. id. Cat. 1, 13, 33:

    ipse ad bellum Ambiorigis profectus,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 29, 4:

    ut duo ex tribunis ad bellum proficiscerentur,

    Liv. 4, 45, 7; cf. id. 6, 2, 9: Nep. Alcib. 4, 1; Sall. H. 2, 96 Dietsch. —Post-class.:

    in bellum,

    Just. 2, 11, 9; Gell. 17, 9, 8.—
    (β).
    Of persons partaking in a war:

    si proficiscerer ad bellum,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 3, 1. —
    b.
    Ad bellum mittere, of the commander, Cic. Imp. Pomp. 17, 50; 21, 62.—
    c.
    In bella ruere, Verg. A. 7, 782; 9, 182:

    in bella sequi,

    id. ib. 8, 547.—
    d.
    Of time.
    (α).
    In the locative case belli, in war, during war; generally with domi ( = domi militiaeque):

    valete, judices justissimi, domi bellique duellatores,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 68; so,

    domi duellique,

    id. As. 3, 2, 13 (v. I. supra):

    quibuscunque rebus vel belli vel domi poterunt rem publicam augeant,

    Cic. Off. 2, 24, 85:

    paucorum arbitrio belli domique agitabatur,

    Sall. J. 41, 7:

    animus belli ingens, domi modicus,

    id. ib. 63, 2; Liv. 2, 50, 11; 1, 36, 6; so id. 3, 43, 1; cf.:

    bello domique,

    id. 1, 34, 12:

    domi belloque,

    id. 9, 26, 21; and:

    neque bello, neque domi,

    id. 4, 35, 3.—Without domi:

    simul rem et gloriam armis belli repperi,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 60 (where belli may be taken with gloriam; cf.

    Wagn. ad loc.): magnae res temporibus illis a fortissimis viris... belli gerebantur,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 32, 86.—
    (β).
    In bello or in bellis, during war or wars, in the war, in the wars; with adj.:

    ad haec quae in civili bello fecerit,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 19, 47; cf. id. ib. 14, 8, 22:

    in ipso bello eadem sensi,

    id. Marcell. 5, 14:

    in Volsco bello virtus enituit,

    Liv. 2, 24, 8:

    in eo bello,

    id. 23, 46, 6:

    in Punicis bellis, Plin.8, 14, 14, § 37: in bello Trojano,

    id. 30, 1, 2, § 5.—Without adj.:

    ut fit in bello, capitur alter filius,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 25:

    qui in bello occiderunt,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 5, 2:

    quod in bello saepius vindicatum est in eos, etc.,

    Sall. C. 9, 4:

    non in bello solum, sed etiam in pace,

    Liv. 1, 15, 8; 2, 23, 2:

    in bello parta,

    Quint. 5, 10, 42; 12, 1, 28.—
    (γ).
    Abl. bello or bellis = in bello or in bellis (freq.); with adjj.: nos semper omnibus Punicis Siciliensibusque bellis amicitiam fidemque populi Romani secuti sumus. Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 47, § 124:

    bello Italico,

    id. Pis. 36, 87:

    Veienti bello,

    id. Div. 1, 44, 100:

    domestico bello,

    id. Planc. 29, 70:

    qui Volsco, Aurunco Sabinoque militassent bello,

    Liv. 23, 12, 11:

    victor tot intra paucos dies bellis,

    id. 2, 27, 1:

    nullo bello, multis tamen proeliis victus,

    id. 9, 18, 9:

    bello civili,

    Quint. 11, 1, 36.—With gen.:

    praesentiam saepe divi suam declarant, ut et apud Regillum bello Latinorum,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 2, 6:

    suam felicitatem Helvetiorum bello esse perspectam,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40.—Without attrib.:

    qui etiam bello victis regibus regna reddere consuevit,

    Cic. Sest. 26, 57:

    res pace belloque gestas,

    Liv. 2, 1, 1:

    egregieque rebus bello gestis,

    id. 1, 33, 9; so id. 23, 12, 11:

    ludi bello voti,

    id. 4, 35. 3:

    princeps pace belloque,

    id. 7, 1, 9:

    Cotyn bello juvisse Persea,

    id. 45, 42, 7:

    bello parta,

    Quint. 5, 10, 15; cf. id. 7, 4, 22; Ov. M. 8, 19.—
    (δ).
    Inter bellum (rare):

    cujus originis morem necesse est... inter bellum natum esse,

    Liv. 2, 14, 2:

    inter haec bella consules... facti,

    id. 2, 63, 1.—
    4.
    Bellum in attributive connection.
    a.
    Justum bellum.
    (α).
    A righteous war, Cic. Off. 1, 11, 36 (v. II. A. 2. a. th supra):

    justum piumque bellum,

    Liv. 1, 23, 4:

    non loquor apud recusantem justa bella populum,

    id. 7, 30, 17; so Ov. M. 8, 58; cf.: illa injusta sunt bella quae sine causa suscepta sunt, Cic. Rep. 3, 23, 35.—
    (β).
    A regular war (opp. a raid, etc.):

    in fines Romanos excucurrerunt, populabundi magis quam justi more belli,

    Liv. 1, 15, 1.—
    b.
    For the different kinds of war: domesticum, civile, intestinum, externum, navale, maritimum, terra marique gestum, servile, sociale; v. hh. vv.—
    c.
    Belli eventus or exitus, the result of a war:

    quicunque belli eventus fuisset,

    Cic. Marcell. 8, 24:

    haud sane alio animo belli eventum exspectabant,

    Sall. C. 37, 9:

    eventus tamen belli minus miserabilem dimicationem fecit,

    Liv. 1, 23, 2; cf. id. 7, 11, 1:

    exitus hujus calamitosissimi belli,

    Cic. Fam. 6, 21, 1:

    cum esset incertus exitus et anceps fortuna belli,

    id. Marcell. 5, 15; so id. Off. 2, 8,:

    Britannici belli exitus exspectatur,

    id. Att. 4, 16, 13:

    cetera bella maximeque Veiens incerti exitus erant,

    Liv. 5, 16, 8.—
    d.
    Fortuna belli, the chances of war:

    adeo varia fortuna belli ancepsque Mars fuit ut,

    Liv. 21, 1, 2; cf. Cic. Marcell. 5, 15 (v. c. supra).—
    e.
    Belli artes, military skill:

    cuilibet superiorum regum belli pacisque et artibus et gloria par,

    Liv. 1, 35, 1:

    haud ignotas belli artes,

    id. 21, 1, 2:

    temperata et belli et pacis artibus erat civitas,

    id. 1, 21, 6.—
    f.
    Jus belli, the law of war: jura belli, the rights ( law) of war:

    in re publica maxime servanda sunt jura belli,

    Cic. Off. 1, 11, 34:

    sunt et belli sicut pacis jura,

    Liv. 5, 27, 6:

    jure belli res vindicatur,

    Gai. Inst. 3, 94.—
    g.
    Belli duces praestantissimos, the most excellent captains, generals, Cic. Or. 1, 2, 7:

    trium simul bellorum victor,

    a victor in three wars, Liv. 6, 4, 1 (cf.:

    victor tot bellis,

    id. 2, 27, 1). —
    h.
    Belli vulnera, Cic. Marcell. 8, 24.—
    B.
    Transf.
    1.
    Of things concr. and abstr.:

    qui parietibus, qui tectis, qui columnis ac postibus meis... bellum intulistis,

    Cic. Dom. 23, 60:

    bellum contra aras et focos,

    id. Phil. 3, 1, 1:

    miror cur philosophiae... bellum indixeris,

    id. Or. 2, 37, 155:

    ventri Indico bellum,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 8.—
    2.
    Of animals:

    milvo est quoddam bellum quasi naturale cum corvo,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 49, 125:

    hanc Juno Esse jussit gruem, populisque suis indicere bellum,

    Ov. M. 6, 92.—
    3.
    With individuals:

    quid mihi opu'st... cum eis gerere bellum, etc.,

    Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 14:

    nihil turpius quam cum eo bellum gerere quicum familiariter vixeris,

    Cic. Lael. 21, 77:

    cum mihi uni cum improbis aeternum videam bellum susceptum,

    id. Sull. 9, 28:

    hoc tibi juventus Romana indicimus bellum,

    Liv. 2, 12, 11:

    falsum testem justo ac pio bello persequebatur,

    id. 3, 25, 3:

    tribunicium domi bellum patres territat,

    id. 3, 24, 1; cf. Plin. Ep. 1, 2, 57.—Ironically:

    equus Trojanus qui tot invictos viros muliebre bellum gerentes tulerit ac texerit,

    Cic. Cael. 28, 67.—
    4.
    In mal. part., Hor. C. 3, 26, 3; 4, 1, 2.—
    5.
    Personified as god of war ( = Janus):

    tabulas duas quae Belli faciem pictam habent,

    Plin. 35, 4, 10, § 27:

    sunt geminae Belli portae, etc.,

    Verg. A. 7, 607:

    mortiferumque averso in limine Bellum,

    id. ib. 6, 279.—
    6.
    Plur.: bella, army ( poet.):

    permanet Aonius Nereus violentus in undis, Bellaque non transfert (i.e. Graecorum exercitum),

    Ov. M. 12, 24:

    sed victae fera bella deae vexere per aequora,

    Sil. 7, 472:

    quid faciat bellis obsessus et undis?

    Stat. Th. 9, 490.—
    7.
    Battle, = proelium:

    rorarii dicti a rore: qui bellum committebant ante,

    Varr. L. L. 7, 3, 92:

    quod in bello saepius vindicatum in eos qui... tardius, revocati, bello excesserant,

    Sall. C. 9, 4:

    praecipua laus ejus belli penes consules fuit,

    Liv. 8, 10, 7:

    commisso statim bello,

    Front. Strat. 1, 11, 2:

    Actia bella,

    Verg. A. 8, 675:

    ingentem pugnam, ceu cetera nusquam Bella forent,

    id. ib. 2, 439; cf. Flor. 3, 5, 11; Just. 2, 12; 18, 1 fin.; 24, 8; Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 98 (form duellum); Ov. H. 1, 1, 69; Verg. A. 8, 547; 12, 390; 12, 633; Stat. Th. 3, 666. —
    8.
    Bellum = liber de bello:

    quam gaudebat Bello suo Punico Naevius!

    Cic. Sen. 14, 50.
    b.
    Referring to the carrying on of the war: bellum gerere, to carry on a war; absol., with cum and abl., per and acc., or in and abl. (cf.:

    bellum gerere in aliquem, 1. a. and f. supra): nisi forte ego vobis... cessare nunc videor cum bella non gero,

    Cic. Sen. 6, 18:

    cum Celtiberis, cum Cimbris bellum ut cum inimicis gerebatur,

    id. Off. 1, 12, 38:

    cum ei bellum ut cum rege Perse gereret obtigisset,

    id. Div. 1, 46, 103:

    erant hae difficultates belli gerendi,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 10:

    bellum cum Germanis gerere constituit,

    id. ib. 4, 6:

    Cn. Pompeius in extremis terris bellum gerebat,

    Sall. C. 16, 5:

    bellum quod Hannibale duce Carthaginienses cum populo Romano gessere,

    Liv. 21, 1, 1:

    alter consul in Sabinis bellum gessit,

    id. 2, 62, 3:

    de exercitibus per quos id bellum gereretur,

    id. 23, 25, 5:

    Chabrias bella in Aegypto sua sponte gessit,

    Nep. Chabr, 2, 1.—Sometimes bellum administrare only of the commander, Cic. Imp. Pomp. 15, 43; Nep. Chabr. 2, 1. —Also (very rare):

    bellum bellare,

    Liv. 8, 40, 1 (but belligerantes is absol., Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38; Ann. v. 201 Vahl.);

    in the same sense: bellum agere,

    Nep. Hann. 8, 3. —As a synonym:

    bello persequi aliquem,

    Nep. Con. 4, 1; cf. Liv. 3, 25, 3.—
    (β).
    Trahere or ducere bellum, to protract a war:

    necesse est enim aut trahi id bellum, aut, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 10, 8, 2:

    bellum trahi non posse,

    Sall. J. 23, 2:

    belli trahendi causa,

    Liv. 5, 11, 8:

    morae qua trahebant bellum paenitebat,

    id. 9, 27, 5:

    suadere institui ut bellum duceret,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 3, 2:

    bellum enim ducetur,

    id. ad Brut. 1, 18, 6; Nep. Alcib. 8, 1; id. Dat. 8, 4;

    similarly: cum his molliter et per dilationes bellum geri oportet?

    Liv. 5, 5, 1.—
    (γ).
    Bellum repellere, defendere, or propulsare, to ward off, defend one ' s self against a war:

    bellum Gallicum C. Caesare imperatore gestum est, antea tantummodo repulsum,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 13, 32:

    quod bellum non intulerit sed defenderit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 44:

    Samnitium vix a se ipsis eo tempore propulsantium bellum,

    Liv. 8, 37, 5.—
    c.
    Referring to the end of a war.
    (α).
    Bellum deponere, ponere, or omittere, to give up, discontinue a war:

    in quo (i.e. bello) et gerendo et deponendo jus ut plurimum valeret lege sanximus,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 14, 34:

    (bellum) cum deponi victores velint,

    Sall. J. 83, 1:

    bellum decem ferme annis ante depositum erat,

    Liv. 31, 1, 8:

    nos depositum a vobis bellum et ipsi omisimus,

    id. 31, 31, 19:

    dicit posse condicionibus bellum poni,

    Sall. J. 112, 1:

    bellum grave cum Etruria positum est,

    id. H. Fragm. 1, 9 Dietsch:

    velut posito bello,

    Liv. 1, 53, 5:

    manere bellum quod positum simuletur,

    id. 1, 53, 7:

    posito ubique bello,

    Tac. H. 2, 52; cf. Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 93; Verg. A. 1, 291:

    omisso Romano bello Porsinna filium Arruntem Ariciam... mittit,

    Liv. 2, 14, 5.—
    (β).
    Bellum componere, to end a war by agreement, make peace:

    timerent ne bellum componeretur,

    Cic. Fam. 10, 33, 3:

    si bellum compositum foret,

    Sall. J. 97, 2:

    belli componendi licentiam,

    id. ib. 103, 3; cf. Nep. Ham. 1, 5; id. Hann. 6, 2; id. Alcib. 8, 3; Verg. A. 12, 109;

    similarly: bellum sedare,

    Nep. Dat. 8, 5.—
    (γ).
    Bellum conficere, perficere, finire, to finish, end a war; conficere (the most usual term) and perficere, = to finish a war by conquering; finire (rare), without implying success:

    is bellum confecerit qui Antonium oppresserit,

    Cic. Fam. 11, 12, 2:

    bellumque maximum conficies,

    id. Rep. 6, 11, 11:

    confecto Mithridatico bello,

    id. Prov. Cons. 11, 27; cf. id. Fam. 5, 10, 3; id. Imp. Pomp. 14, 42:

    quo proelio... bellum Venetorum confectum est,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 16; cf. id. ib. 1, 30; 1, 44; 1, 54; 3, 28;

    4, 16: bello confecto de Rhodiis consultum est,

    Sall. C. 51, 5; cf. id. J. 36, 1; 114, 3:

    neminem nisi bello confecto pecuniam petiturum esse,

    Liv. 24, 18, 11; cf. id. 21, 40, 11; 23, 6, 2; 31, 47, 4; 32, 32, 6;

    36, 2, 3: bello perfecto,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 18, 5; Liv. 1, 38, 3:

    se quo die hostem vidisset perfecturum (i. e. bellum),

    id. 22, 38, 7; 31, 4, 2; cf. id. 3, 24, 1; 34, 6, 12; Just. 5, 2, 11:

    neque desiturum ante... quam finitum aliqua tolerabili condicione bellum videro,

    Liv. 23, 12, 10: finito ex maxima parte.. [p. 228] italico bello, Vell. 2, 17, 1; Curt. 3, 1, 9; Tac. A. 15, 17; Just. 16, 2, 6; 24, 1, 8; Verg. A. 11, 116.—
    d.
    Less usual connections:

    bellum delere: non modo praesentia sed etiam futura bella delevit,

    Cic. Lael. 3, 11; cf. Nep. Alcib. 8, 4:

    alere ac fovere bellum,

    Liv. 42, 11, 5:

    bellum navare alicui,

    Tac. H. 5, 25:

    spargere,

    id. A. 3, 21; id. Agr. 38; Luc. 2, 682:

    serere,

    Liv. 21, 10, 4:

    circumferre,

    Tac. A. 13, 37:

    exercere,

    id. ib. 6, 31:

    quam celeriter belli impetus navigavit ( = quam celeriter navale bellum gestum est),

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 34; so Flor. 2, 2, 17:

    bellum ascendit in rupes,

    id. 4, 12, 4:

    bellum serpit in proximos,

    id. 2, 9, 4; cf. id. 2, 2, 15:

    bella narrare,

    Cic. Or. 9, 30:

    canere bella,

    Quint. 10, 1, 91:

    bella legere,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 28.—
    3.
    As object denoting place or time.
    a.
    Proficisci ad bellum, to depart for the war.
    (α).
    Of the commander:

    consul sortitu ad bellum profectus,

    Cic. Phil. 14, 2, 4; cf. id. Cat. 1, 13, 33:

    ipse ad bellum Ambiorigis profectus,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 29, 4:

    ut duo ex tribunis ad bellum proficiscerentur,

    Liv. 4, 45, 7; cf. id. 6, 2, 9: Nep. Alcib. 4, 1; Sall. H. 2, 96 Dietsch. —Post-class.:

    in bellum,

    Just. 2, 11, 9; Gell. 17, 9, 8.—
    (β).
    Of persons partaking in a war:

    si proficiscerer ad bellum,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 3, 1. —
    b.
    Ad bellum mittere, of the commander, Cic. Imp. Pomp. 17, 50; 21, 62.—
    c.
    In bella ruere, Verg. A. 7, 782; 9, 182:

    in bella sequi,

    id. ib. 8, 547.—
    d.
    Of time.
    (α).
    In the locative case belli, in war, during war; generally with domi ( = domi militiaeque):

    valete, judices justissimi, domi bellique duellatores,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 68; so,

    domi duellique,

    id. As. 3, 2, 13 (v. I. supra):

    quibuscunque rebus vel belli vel domi poterunt rem publicam augeant,

    Cic. Off. 2, 24, 85:

    paucorum arbitrio belli domique agitabatur,

    Sall. J. 41, 7:

    animus belli ingens, domi modicus,

    id. ib. 63, 2; Liv. 2, 50, 11; 1, 36, 6; so id. 3, 43, 1; cf.:

    bello domique,

    id. 1, 34, 12:

    domi belloque,

    id. 9, 26, 21; and:

    neque bello, neque domi,

    id. 4, 35, 3.—Without domi:

    simul rem et gloriam armis belli repperi,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 60 (where belli may be taken with gloriam; cf.

    Wagn. ad loc.): magnae res temporibus illis a fortissimis viris... belli gerebantur,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 32, 86.—
    (β).
    In bello or in bellis, during war or wars, in the war, in the wars; with adj.:

    ad haec quae in civili bello fecerit,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 19, 47; cf. id. ib. 14, 8, 22:

    in ipso bello eadem sensi,

    id. Marcell. 5, 14:

    in Volsco bello virtus enituit,

    Liv. 2, 24, 8:

    in eo bello,

    id. 23, 46, 6:

    in Punicis bellis, Plin.8, 14, 14, § 37: in bello Trojano,

    id. 30, 1, 2, § 5.—Without adj.:

    ut fit in bello, capitur alter filius,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 25:

    qui in bello occiderunt,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 5, 2:

    quod in bello saepius vindicatum est in eos, etc.,

    Sall. C. 9, 4:

    non in bello solum, sed etiam in pace,

    Liv. 1, 15, 8; 2, 23, 2:

    in bello parta,

    Quint. 5, 10, 42; 12, 1, 28.—
    (γ).
    Abl. bello or bellis = in bello or in bellis (freq.); with adjj.: nos semper omnibus Punicis Siciliensibusque bellis amicitiam fidemque populi Romani secuti sumus. Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 47, § 124:

    bello Italico,

    id. Pis. 36, 87:

    Veienti bello,

    id. Div. 1, 44, 100:

    domestico bello,

    id. Planc. 29, 70:

    qui Volsco, Aurunco Sabinoque militassent bello,

    Liv. 23, 12, 11:

    victor tot intra paucos dies bellis,

    id. 2, 27, 1:

    nullo bello, multis tamen proeliis victus,

    id. 9, 18, 9:

    bello civili,

    Quint. 11, 1, 36.—With gen.:

    praesentiam saepe divi suam declarant, ut et apud Regillum bello Latinorum,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 2, 6:

    suam felicitatem Helvetiorum bello esse perspectam,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40.—Without attrib.:

    qui etiam bello victis regibus regna reddere consuevit,

    Cic. Sest. 26, 57:

    res pace belloque gestas,

    Liv. 2, 1, 1:

    egregieque rebus bello gestis,

    id. 1, 33, 9; so id. 23, 12, 11:

    ludi bello voti,

    id. 4, 35. 3:

    princeps pace belloque,

    id. 7, 1, 9:

    Cotyn bello juvisse Persea,

    id. 45, 42, 7:

    bello parta,

    Quint. 5, 10, 15; cf. id. 7, 4, 22; Ov. M. 8, 19.—
    (δ).
    Inter bellum (rare):

    cujus originis morem necesse est... inter bellum natum esse,

    Liv. 2, 14, 2:

    inter haec bella consules... facti,

    id. 2, 63, 1.—
    4.
    Bellum in attributive connection.
    a.
    Justum bellum.
    (α).
    A righteous war, Cic. Off. 1, 11, 36 (v. II. A. 2. a. th supra):

    justum piumque bellum,

    Liv. 1, 23, 4:

    non loquor apud recusantem justa bella populum,

    id. 7, 30, 17; so Ov. M. 8, 58; cf.: illa injusta sunt bella quae sine causa suscepta sunt, Cic. Rep. 3, 23, 35.—
    (β).
    A regular war (opp. a raid, etc.):

    in fines Romanos excucurrerunt, populabundi magis quam justi more belli,

    Liv. 1, 15, 1.—
    b.
    For the different kinds of war: domesticum, civile, intestinum, externum, navale, maritimum, terra marique gestum, servile, sociale; v. hh. vv.—
    c.
    Belli eventus or exitus, the result of a war:

    quicunque belli eventus fuisset,

    Cic. Marcell. 8, 24:

    haud sane alio animo belli eventum exspectabant,

    Sall. C. 37, 9:

    eventus tamen belli minus miserabilem dimicationem fecit,

    Liv. 1, 23, 2; cf. id. 7, 11, 1:

    exitus hujus calamitosissimi belli,

    Cic. Fam. 6, 21, 1:

    cum esset incertus exitus et anceps fortuna belli,

    id. Marcell. 5, 15; so id. Off. 2, 8,:

    Britannici belli exitus exspectatur,

    id. Att. 4, 16, 13:

    cetera bella maximeque Veiens incerti exitus erant,

    Liv. 5, 16, 8.—
    d.
    Fortuna belli, the chances of war:

    adeo varia fortuna belli ancepsque Mars fuit ut,

    Liv. 21, 1, 2; cf. Cic. Marcell. 5, 15 (v. c. supra).—
    e.
    Belli artes, military skill:

    cuilibet superiorum regum belli pacisque et artibus et gloria par,

    Liv. 1, 35, 1:

    haud ignotas belli artes,

    id. 21, 1, 2:

    temperata et belli et pacis artibus erat civitas,

    id. 1, 21, 6.—
    f.
    Jus belli, the law of war: jura belli, the rights ( law) of war:

    in re publica maxime servanda sunt jura belli,

    Cic. Off. 1, 11, 34:

    sunt et belli sicut pacis jura,

    Liv. 5, 27, 6:

    jure belli res vindicatur,

    Gai. Inst. 3, 94.—
    g.
    Belli duces praestantissimos, the most excellent captains, generals, Cic. Or. 1, 2, 7:

    trium simul bellorum victor,

    a victor in three wars, Liv. 6, 4, 1 (cf.:

    victor tot bellis,

    id. 2, 27, 1). —
    h.
    Belli vulnera, Cic. Marcell. 8, 24.—
    B.
    Transf.
    1.
    Of things concr. and abstr.:

    qui parietibus, qui tectis, qui columnis ac postibus meis... bellum intulistis,

    Cic. Dom. 23, 60:

    bellum contra aras et focos,

    id. Phil. 3, 1, 1:

    miror cur philosophiae... bellum indixeris,

    id. Or. 2, 37, 155:

    ventri Indico bellum,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 8.—
    2.
    Of animals:

    milvo est quoddam bellum quasi naturale cum corvo,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 49, 125:

    hanc Juno Esse jussit gruem, populisque suis indicere bellum,

    Ov. M. 6, 92.—
    3.
    With individuals:

    quid mihi opu'st... cum eis gerere bellum, etc.,

    Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 14:

    nihil turpius quam cum eo bellum gerere quicum familiariter vixeris,

    Cic. Lael. 21, 77:

    cum mihi uni cum improbis aeternum videam bellum susceptum,

    id. Sull. 9, 28:

    hoc tibi juventus Romana indicimus bellum,

    Liv. 2, 12, 11:

    falsum testem justo ac pio bello persequebatur,

    id. 3, 25, 3:

    tribunicium domi bellum patres territat,

    id. 3, 24, 1; cf. Plin. Ep. 1, 2, 57.—Ironically:

    equus Trojanus qui tot invictos viros muliebre bellum gerentes tulerit ac texerit,

    Cic. Cael. 28, 67.—
    4.
    In mal. part., Hor. C. 3, 26, 3; 4, 1, 2.—
    5.
    Personified as god of war ( = Janus):

    tabulas duas quae Belli faciem pictam habent,

    Plin. 35, 4, 10, § 27:

    sunt geminae Belli portae, etc.,

    Verg. A. 7, 607:

    mortiferumque averso in limine Bellum,

    id. ib. 6, 279.—
    6.
    Plur.: bella, army ( poet.):

    permanet Aonius Nereus violentus in undis, Bellaque non transfert (i.e. Graecorum exercitum),

    Ov. M. 12, 24:

    sed victae fera bella deae vexere per aequora,

    Sil. 7, 472:

    quid faciat bellis obsessus et undis?

    Stat. Th. 9, 490.—
    7.
    Battle, = proelium:

    rorarii dicti a rore: qui bellum committebant ante,

    Varr. L. L. 7, 3, 92:

    quod in bello saepius vindicatum in eos qui... tardius, revocati, bello excesserant,

    Sall. C. 9, 4:

    praecipua laus ejus belli penes consules fuit,

    Liv. 8, 10, 7:

    commisso statim bello,

    Front. Strat. 1, 11, 2:

    Actia bella,

    Verg. A. 8, 675:

    ingentem pugnam, ceu cetera nusquam Bella forent,

    id. ib. 2, 439; cf. Flor. 3, 5, 11; Just. 2, 12; 18, 1 fin.; 24, 8; Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 98 (form duellum); Ov. H. 1, 1, 69; Verg. A. 8, 547; 12, 390; 12, 633; Stat. Th. 3, 666. —
    8.
    Bellum = liber de bello:

    quam gaudebat Bello suo Punico Naevius!

    Cic. Sen. 14, 50.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > bellum

  • 19 servir

    v.
    1 to serve.
    ¿te sirvo más patatas? would you like some more potatoes?
    ¿me sirve un poco más, por favor? could I have a bit more, please?
    ¿en qué puedo servirle? what can I do for you?
    la polémica está servida the gloves are off
    La ley sirve su propósito The law serves its purpose..
    No servimos a los menores de edad We do not serve kids under age.
    Este lugar sirve buen pescado This restaurant serves good fish.
    María sirvió y llamó a comer Mary served and called us to eat.
    Esto sirve This serves.
    2 to serve (prestar servicio).
    servir en el Ejército to serve in the Army
    3 to be in service (como criado).
    4 to suit someone's purposes, to suit, to serve someone's purposes.
    El estante sirve The shelf suits one's purposes.
    5 to serve the ball.
    El tenista sirvió The tennis player served the ball.
    6 to be useful for.
    Este sistema me sirve This system is useful for me.
    7 to process, to fill.
    El chico sirve la órden de compra The boy processes the purchase order.
    * * *
    (e weakens to i in certain persons of certain tenses)
    Present Indicative
    sirvo, sirves, sirve, servimos, servís, sirven.
    Past Indicative
    serví, serviste, sirvió, servimos, servisteis, sirvieron.
    Present Subjunctive
    Imperfect Subjunctive
    Future Subjunctive
    Imperative
    sirve (tú), sirva (él/Vd.), sirvamos (nos.), servid (vos.), sirvan (ellos/Vds.).
    * * *
    verb
    3) work
    •
    - servirse de
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) [+ persona, intereses, causa] to serve

    ¿en qué puedo servirle? — how can I help you?

    2) [para comer]
    a) [en la mesa] [+ comida] to serve; [+ bebida] to serve, pour

    ¿a qué hora sirven el desayuno? — what time is breakfast served?

    ¿me ayudas a servir la mesa? — can you help me serve (the food)?

    la cena está servida — dinner's on the table, dinner is served frm

    ¿te sirvo un poco más? — would you like some more?, can I give you some more?

    b) (=proporcionar) to give, serve frm

    sirvieron unos canapés tras la inauguración — after the opening ceremony there were canapés, canapés were served after the opening ceremony frm

    3) (Com) [+ pedido] to process
    4) (Tenis) to serve
    5) (Mec) [+ máquina, cañón] to man
    6) (Naipes) [+ cartas] to deal
    2. VI
    1) (=ser útil) to be useful

    siempre que lo he necesitado me ha servido — whenever I've needed it, it's done the job

    • eso no sirve — that's no good o use

    ya no me sirve — it's no good o use to me now

    • servir para algo, puede servir para limpiar el metal — it can be used for o it is suitable for cleaning metal

    ¿para qué sirve? — what is it for?

    ¿para qué sirve este aparato? — what's this gadget for?

    2)

    • servir de algo, la legislación italiana puede servirnos de guía — we can use Italian law as a guide, Italian law can serve a guide

    • no sirve de nada quejarse — it's no good o use complaining, there's no point in complaining

    no sirve de nada que vaya él — it's no good o use him going *, there's no point in him going

    • ¿de qué sirve mentir? — what's the good o use of lying?, what's the point in lying?

    precedente 2.
    3) [en el servicio doméstico] to work as a servant

    • ponerse a servir — to become a servant

    4) [camarero] to serve
    5) (Mil) to serve frm

    yo serví en la Marina — I was in the Navy, I served in the Navy frm

    6) (Tenis) to serve
    7) (Naipes) (tb: servir del palo) to follow suit
    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1) ( ser útil)

    tíralo, ya no me sirve — throw it away, it's (of) no use to me anymore

    servir para algo: ¿para qué sirve este aparato? what's this device for?; no lo tires, puede servir para algo don't throw it away, it might come in useful for something; este cuchillo no sirve para cortar pan this knife is no good for cutting bread; no sirves para nada you're useless; no creo que sirva para este trabajo I don't think he's right o suitable for this job; yo no sirvo para mentir I'm a hopeless liar, I'm not good at lying; servir de algo: de nada sirve llorar it's no use o good crying; ¿de qué sirve hablarle si no te escucha? what's the point in o the use of talking to him if he doesn't listen to you?; esto te puede servir de mesa — you can use this as a table

    2)
    a) ( en la mesa) to serve
    b) ( trabajar de criado) to be in (domestic) service
    c) (Mil) to serve (frml)
    3) (Dep) ( en tenis) to serve
    2.
    servir vt
    1) < comida> to serve; < bebida> to serve, pour

    servir la comida — to serve (out) o (colloq) dish out the food

    2)

    servir a algo/alguien — to serve something/somebody

    ¿en qué puedo servirle? — (frml) how can I help you?

    b) (Com) < pedido> to process; < cliente> to serve; < mercancías> to send
    3.
    servirse v pron
    1) (refl) < comida> to help oneself to; < bebida> to pour oneself, help oneself to
    2) (frml) ( hacer uso)

    servirse de algo — to make use of something, use something

    3) (frml) ( hacer el favor de)

    servirse + inf: sírvase rellenar la solicitud please fill in the application form; les rogamos se sirvan enviarnos esta información — we would ask you to send us this information (frml)

    * * *
    = be of use, do, serve, do + the trick, host, dish out, serve up.
    Ex. Libraries sometimes also find it useful to prepare leaflets which deal with a particular category of information source which might be of use to various users.
    Ex. It needs a name, and, to coin one at random, 'memex' will do.
    Ex. This broader consideration of descriptive cataloguing problems serves to set a context for the consideration of cataloguing problems associated with nonbook materials.
    Ex. We are currently in the process of looking at two products that seem to do the trick.
    Ex. Most computer bureaux which host the factual data bases have their own world-wide networks.
    Ex. One has only to turn on the television to see that educated people still have little influence on the trash dished out to the uneducated masses.
    Ex. A watering hole in Spain is serving up free beer and tapas to recession-weary customers who insult its bartenders as a way to let off steam.
    ----
    * ¿para qué sirve... ? = what's the use of... ?.
    * no servir de nada = be of no avail, be to no avail.
    * no servir de nada que + Subjuntivo = no use + Ving.
    * no servir para nada = be good for nothing, pissing into the wind, be of no avail, be to no avail, all + be for + naught.
    * por si sirve de algo = for what it's worth [FWIW].
    * servir a = be of service to.
    * servir al mismo tiempo como = double up as.
    * servir al mismo tiempo de = double as.
    * servir a los usuarios = serve + patrons.
    * servir a un público de = serve + a population of.
    * servir como = serve as.
    * servir de apoyo a = inform.
    * servir de ayuda = be of assistance.
    * servir de catalizador = serve as + a catalyst.
    * servir de contrapeso = counterpoise.
    * servir de experiencia = chart + the waters.
    * servir de factor de predicción de = be predictive of.
    * servir de guía = carry + the torch.
    * servir de introducción = set + the backdrop, set + the framework, set + the context.
    * servir de introducción a = provide + a background to.
    * servir de modelo = serve as + a model.
    * servir de poco = be of little use.
    * servir de poco o nada = be of little or no avail.
    * servir de puente = act as + a bridge.
    * servir de puente entre = serve as + a bridge between.
    * servir de punto de partida = point + the way to.
    * servir de telón de fondo = set + the backdrop.
    * servir los intereses = serve + interests.
    * servir muy bien = take + Nombre + a long way.
    * servir para = be instrumental in/to.
    * servir para nada = count + for nothing.
    * servir repetidamente = ply + Nombre + with + Bebida.
    * servirse = help + Reflexivo.
    * servirse de la experiencia = draw on/upon + background.
    * servirse de la experiencia de = draw on/upon + experience of.
    * servirse de la formación de Uno = draw on/upon + background.
    * servir una Bebida = pour + Bebida.
    * servir un documento = deliver + document.
    * servir un fin = serve + end.
    * servir un pedido = fulfil + order, fill + order.
    * utensilio para servir = serving utensil.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1) ( ser útil)

    tíralo, ya no me sirve — throw it away, it's (of) no use to me anymore

    servir para algo: ¿para qué sirve este aparato? what's this device for?; no lo tires, puede servir para algo don't throw it away, it might come in useful for something; este cuchillo no sirve para cortar pan this knife is no good for cutting bread; no sirves para nada you're useless; no creo que sirva para este trabajo I don't think he's right o suitable for this job; yo no sirvo para mentir I'm a hopeless liar, I'm not good at lying; servir de algo: de nada sirve llorar it's no use o good crying; ¿de qué sirve hablarle si no te escucha? what's the point in o the use of talking to him if he doesn't listen to you?; esto te puede servir de mesa — you can use this as a table

    2)
    a) ( en la mesa) to serve
    b) ( trabajar de criado) to be in (domestic) service
    c) (Mil) to serve (frml)
    3) (Dep) ( en tenis) to serve
    2.
    servir vt
    1) < comida> to serve; < bebida> to serve, pour

    servir la comida — to serve (out) o (colloq) dish out the food

    2)

    servir a algo/alguien — to serve something/somebody

    ¿en qué puedo servirle? — (frml) how can I help you?

    b) (Com) < pedido> to process; < cliente> to serve; < mercancías> to send
    3.
    servirse v pron
    1) (refl) < comida> to help oneself to; < bebida> to pour oneself, help oneself to
    2) (frml) ( hacer uso)

    servirse de algo — to make use of something, use something

    3) (frml) ( hacer el favor de)

    servirse + inf: sírvase rellenar la solicitud please fill in the application form; les rogamos se sirvan enviarnos esta información — we would ask you to send us this information (frml)

    * * *
    = be of use, do, serve, do + the trick, host, dish out, serve up.

    Ex: Libraries sometimes also find it useful to prepare leaflets which deal with a particular category of information source which might be of use to various users.

    Ex: It needs a name, and, to coin one at random, 'memex' will do.
    Ex: This broader consideration of descriptive cataloguing problems serves to set a context for the consideration of cataloguing problems associated with nonbook materials.
    Ex: We are currently in the process of looking at two products that seem to do the trick.
    Ex: Most computer bureaux which host the factual data bases have their own world-wide networks.
    Ex: One has only to turn on the television to see that educated people still have little influence on the trash dished out to the uneducated masses.
    Ex: A watering hole in Spain is serving up free beer and tapas to recession-weary customers who insult its bartenders as a way to let off steam.
    * ¿para qué sirve... ? = what's the use of... ?.
    * no servir de mucho = be little more than an interesting exercise.
    * no servir de nada = be of no avail, be to no avail.
    * no servir de nada que + Subjuntivo = no use + Ving.
    * no servir para nada = be good for nothing, pissing into the wind, be of no avail, be to no avail, all + be for + naught.
    * por si sirve de algo = for what it's worth [FWIW].
    * servir a = be of service to.
    * servir al mismo tiempo como = double up as.
    * servir al mismo tiempo de = double as.
    * servir a los usuarios = serve + patrons.
    * servir a un público de = serve + a population of.
    * servir como = serve as.
    * servir de apoyo a = inform.
    * servir de ayuda = be of assistance.
    * servir de catalizador = serve as + a catalyst.
    * servir de contrapeso = counterpoise.
    * servir de experiencia = chart + the waters.
    * servir de factor de predicción de = be predictive of.
    * servir de guía = carry + the torch.
    * servir de introducción = set + the backdrop, set + the framework, set + the context.
    * servir de introducción a = provide + a background to.
    * servir de modelo = serve as + a model.
    * servir de poco = be of little use.
    * servir de poco o nada = be of little or no avail.
    * servir de puente = act as + a bridge.
    * servir de puente entre = serve as + a bridge between.
    * servir de punto de partida = point + the way to.
    * servir de telón de fondo = set + the backdrop.
    * servir los intereses = serve + interests.
    * servir muy bien = take + Nombre + a long way.
    * servir para = be instrumental in/to.
    * servir para nada = count + for nothing.
    * servir repetidamente = ply + Nombre + with + Bebida.
    * servirse = help + Reflexivo.
    * servirse de la experiencia = draw on/upon + background.
    * servirse de la experiencia de = draw on/upon + experience of.
    * servirse de la formación de Uno = draw on/upon + background.
    * servir una Bebida = pour + Bebida.
    * servir un documento = deliver + document.
    * servir un fin = serve + end.
    * servir un pedido = fulfil + order, fill + order.
    * utensilio para servir = serving utensil.

    * * *
    servir [ I14 ]
    vi
    A
    (ser útil): esta caja no sirve, trae una más grande this box won't do o is no good, can you bring a bigger one?
    tíralo, ya no me sirve throw it away, it's (of) no use to me o it's no good to me any more
    servir PARA algo:
    ¿para qué sirve este aparato? what's this device for?, what does this device do?
    ¿esto sirve para algo? is this any use?
    no lo tires, puede servir para algo don't throw it away, it might come in useful for something
    este cuchillo no sirve para cortar pan this knife is no good for cutting bread
    no creo que sirva para este trabajo I don't think he's right o suitable for this job
    yo no sirvo para mentir I'm a hopeless liar, I'm no good at lying
    servir DE algo:
    de nada sirve llorar/que me lo digas ahora it's no use o good crying/telling me now
    ¿de qué sirve hablarle si no te escucha? what's the point in o the use of talking to him if he doesn't listen to you?
    esto te puede servir de manto para el disfraz you can use this as a cloak for your fancy dress costume
    B
    1 (en la mesa) to serve
    en este restaurante no saben servir the service is very poor in this restaurant
    se sirve a los invitados primero guests are served first
    no esperes a que te sirva help yourself, don't wait
    2 (trabajar de criado) to be in (domestic) service
    empezó a servir a los catorce años she went into service at the age of fourteen
    3 ( Mil) to serve ( frml)
    sirvió en Infantería he was in o he served in the Infantry
    C ( Dep) (en tenis) to serve
    ■ servir
    vt
    A ‹comida› to serve; ‹bebida› to serve, pour
    los alumnos mayores ayudan a servir la comida the older pupils help serve o serve out o ( colloq) dish out the food
    a mí no me sirvas salsa no sauce for me, thanks o I won't have any sauce, thank you
    sírvele otro jerez a Pilar will you pour Pilar another sherry?
    ¿te sirvo un poco más de arroz? can I give you a little more rice?, can I help you to a little more rice?
    la cena está servida dinner is served
    servir frío/a temperatura ambiente serve cold/at room temperature
    B
    1 (estar al servicio de) servir A algo/algn to serve sth/sb
    servir a la patria/la comunidad/Dios to serve one's country/the community/God
    ella se sienta y espera que la sirvan she sits down and expects to be waited on
    para servir a usted ( frml); at your service ( frml)
    ¿en qué puedo servirla? ( frml); how can I help you?
    2 ( Com) ‹pedido› to process; ‹cliente› to serve; ‹mercancías› to send
    serviremos el pedido a la mayor brevedad we will process your order as soon as possible
    C ( Agr) to service
    A ( refl) ‹comida› to help oneself to; ‹bebida› to pour oneself, help oneself to
    sírvete otro trozo help yourself to another piece
    B ( frml) (hacer uso) servirse DE algo to make use of sth, use sth
    C ( frml) (hacer el favor de) servirse + INF:
    si el señor se sirve firmar aquí … if you would be kind enough to o would care to sign here, Sir … ( frml)
    sírvase rellenar la solicitud que se adjunta please fill in the enclosed application form
    sírvase pasar por caja donde le harán efectivo el pago if you would like to go over to the cashier, they will give you the money
    les rogamos se sirvan enviarnos esta información a la brevedad we would ask you to send us this information at your earliest convenience ( frml)
    * * *

     

    servir ( conjugate servir) verbo intransitivo
    1 ( ser útil):
    ◊ esta caja no sirve this box won't do o is no good;

    ya no me sirve it's (of) no use to me anymore;
    ¿para qué sirve este aparato? what's this device for?;
    no lo tires, puede servir para algo don't throw it away, it might come in useful for something;
    este cuchillo no sirve para cortar pan this knife is no good for cutting bread;
    no sirves para nada you're useless;
    no creo que sirva para este trabajo I don't think he's right o suitable for this job;
    servir de algo: de nada sirve llorar it's no use o good crying;
    ¿de qué sirve? what's the point o the use?;
    esto te puede servir de mesa you can use this as a table
    2


    c) (Mil) to serve (frml)

    3 (Dep) ( en tenis) to serve
    verbo transitivo
    1 ‹ comida› to serve;
    ‹ bebida› to serve, pour
    2 ( estar al servicio de) ‹persona/a la patria› to serve;
    ◊ ¿en qué puedo servirla? (frml) how can I help you?

    servirse verbo pronominal ( refl) ‹ comida› to help oneself to;
    ‹ bebida› to pour oneself, help oneself to
    servir
    I verbo intransitivo
    1 to serve
    servir a la patria, to serve one's country
    2 (ser útil) to be useful, be suitable: su fracaso no me sirve de consuelo, his failure is no consolation to me
    el cine te servirá de distracción, the film will keep you amused
    ahora ya no sirve para nada, it's no use at all
    ¿para qué sirve?, what is it (used) for?
    3 (ropa, objetos) los pantalones ya no le sirven, the trousers don't fit him now
    4 (tener capacidad) este muchacho sirve para estudiar, this boy is good at studying
    5 (actuar como sustituto) esta cacerola me servirá de casco, this pot will serve as a helmet
    II verbo transitivo
    1 to serve
    ¿en qué puedo servirle?, what can I do for you? o may I help you?
    2 (comida) to serve
    (bebida) to pour
    ' servir' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    bar
    - cafetera
    - cuchara
    - fuente
    - pala
    - carrito
    - echar
    - hacer
    - helado
    - huevera
    - jarra
    - jarro
    - lechera
    - panera
    - poner
    - servicio
    - tetera
    - valer
    English:
    act
    - attend
    - disagree
    - dish
    - dish out
    - dish up
    - do
    - fix
    - help
    - off-chance
    - pour
    - pour out
    - purpose
    - rim
    - serve
    - serve out
    - serve up
    - server
    - tablespoon
    - venue
    - wait
    - wait on
    - deterrent
    - duty
    - fat
    - serving
    - spatula
    - table
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [comida, bebida] to serve;
    todavía no nos han servido we haven't been served yet;
    la cena se servirá o [m5] será servida a las ocho dinner will be served at eight;
    sírvanos dos cervezas two beers, please;
    ¿te sirvo más patatas? would you like some more potatoes?;
    ¿me sirve un poco más, por favor? could I have a bit more, please?;
    servir mesas Br to wait at table, US to wait tables;
    la polémica está servida the gloves are off
    2. [prestar servicio a] to serve;
    ¿en qué puedo servirle? [en tienda, mostrador] what can I do for you?;
    servir a la patria/a Dios to serve one's country/God;
    Formal
    para servirle, para servir a usted [como respuesta] at your service
    3. [suministrar] [mercancías] to supply;
    le serviremos el pedido en el acto we'll bring you your order immediately;
    nuestra empresa sirve a toda la zona our company serves o supplies the whole area
    4.
    voy servido [en naipes] stick, I'm sticking;
    Fig [tengo de sobra] I've got plenty
    ♦ vi
    1. [prestar servicio] to serve;
    sirvió de ministro en el gobierno socialista he served as o was a minister in the socialist government;
    servir en el ejército to serve in the Army
    2. [valer, ser útil]
    esta batidora ya no sirve/aún sirve this mixer is no good any more/can still be used;
    esta mesa no me sirve, necesito una mayor this table's no good o use to me, I need a bigger one;
    servir de algo [cumplir la función de] to serve as sth;
    el desván le sirve de oficina he uses the attic as an office, the attic serves as his office;
    la radio me servía de distracción the radio kept me entertained o served to entertain me;
    servir de guía to act as a guide;
    servir para [utensilio, máquina, objeto] to be for;
    ¿para qué sirve esto? what's this for?;
    este líquido sirve para limpiar la plata this liquid is for cleaning silver;
    ¿te sirven estos papeles para algo? are these papers any use to you?;
    este pegamento no sirve para la madera this glue is no good for wood;
    yo no serviría para sacerdote I wouldn't be any good as a priest;
    no sirve para estudiar he's no good at studying;
    no servir de o [m5] para nada to be useless;
    nuestro esfuerzo no sirvió de o [m5] para nada our effort was in vain;
    de nada sirve que se lo digas it's no use telling him;
    ¿de qué sirve quejarse si no nos hacen caso? what's the point in o what's the good of complaining if they never take any notice of us?
    3. [como criado] to be in service;
    tuvo que ponerse a servir she had to go into service;
    servir en palacio/en una casa to be a servant at a palace/in a household
    4. [en tenis, squash] to serve
    * * *
    I v/t serve;
    ¿le sirven ya? are you being served?;
    ¿en qué puedo servirle? what can I do for you?;
    ¡para servirle! at your service!
    II v/i
    1 be of use;
    servir de serve as;
    esta habitación sirve de trastero we use this room as a junk room;
    servir para be (used) for;
    ¿para qué sirve esto? what is this (used) for?;
    no servir de nada be no use at all
    2 MIL, DEP serve
    3 fig
    :
    ir servido fam have another think coming
    * * *
    servir {54} vt
    1) : to serve, to be of use to
    2) : to serve, to wait
    3) surtir: to fill (an order)
    servir vi
    1) : to work
    mi radio no sirve: my radio isn't working
    2) : to be of use, to be helpful
    esa computadora no sirve para nada: that computer's perfectly useless
    * * *
    servir vb
    1. (atender, poner comida) to serve
    ¿ya le sirven? are you being served?
    2. (poner bebida) to pour
    ¿sirvo yo? shall I pour?
    3. (trabajar) to serve / to work
    4. (en tenis) to serve
    5. (hacer las veces) to serve
    6. (ser útil) to be useful
    7. (valer) to do
    8. (emplearse) to be for
    ¿para qué sirve esto? what's this for?
    9. (ser apto) to be good

    Spanish-English dictionary > servir

  • 20 reserva

    f.
    1 reservation, booking.
    he hecho la reserva de las entradas I've booked the tickets
    reserva anticipada advance booking
    reserva de grupo block booking
    2 reserves.
    tener algo de reserva to keep something in reserve
    reservas monetarias monetary reserves
    reservas de oro gold reserves
    3 reservation.
    sin reservas without reservation
    4 discretion.
    5 reservation.
    6 reserve.
    reserva natural nature reserve
    7 reserve (military).
    pasar a la reserva to become a reservist
    8 resource, reserve, reservoir.
    f. & m.
    reserve, substitute (sport).
    m.
    vintage (wine) (vino).
    pres.indicat.
    3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) present indicative of spanish verb: reservar.
    imperat.
    2nd person singular (tú) Imperative of Spanish verb: reservar.
    * * *
    1 (de plazas, entradas) booking, reservation
    2 (provisión) reserve; (existencias) stock
    ■ reservas de carburante fuel reserves, fuel stocks
    3 (cautela) reservation
    4 (discreción) discretion, reserve
    5 (vino) vintage
    6 (de animales) reserve; (de personas) reservation
    7 MILITAR reserve, reserves plural
    1 DEPORTE reserve, substitute
    1 COMERCIO reserves, stock sing
    \
    'Reserva de habitaciones' "Room reservations"
    con la mayor reserva in the strictest confidence
    guardar algo en reserva to keep something in reserve
    hacer una reserva to make a reservation, make a booking, book
    pasar a la reserva MILITAR to be put in the reserves
    sin reserva / sin reservas openly, without reservation
    tener reservas sobre algo to have reservations about something
    tener algo en reserva to keep something in reserve
    reserva de divisas foreign currency reserves plural
    * * *
    noun f.
    * * *
    1. SF
    1) (=provisiones) [de minerales, petróleo, armamentos, vitaminas] reserve; [de agua] supply; [de productos ya almacenados] stock

    pasta, arroz, legumbres, tienen reservas de todo — pasta, rice, pulses, they have stocks of everything

    de reserva — [precio, jugador, fondo] reserve antes de s ; [zapatos, muda] spare

    2) (Econ) reserve

    reserva en efectivo, reserva en metálico — cash reserves pl

    reserva para amortización, reserva para depreciaciones — depreciation allowance

    reservas monetarias — [de un país] currency reserves

    reservas ocultas — hidden reserves, secret reserves

    3) (=solicitud) [en hotel, avión] reservation; [en teatro, restaurante] reservation, booking

    se pueden hacer reservas por teléfono — you can book by phone, you can make a telephone booking o reservation

    4) (=territorio) reserve

    reserva biológica — wildlife sanctuary, wildlife reserve

    reserva de pesca — protected fishing area, fishing preserve

    5) (Mil)
    6) (Dep)
    7) (Aut) [de gasolina] reserve tank
    8) (=recelo) reservation

    el pacto será aprobado, aunque con algunas reservas — the agreement will be sanctioned, but with certain reservations

    9) [de carácter] (=inhibición) reserve; (=discreción) discretion
    10) (=secreto) confidence
    11)

    a reserva de que... — unless...

    2.
    SMF (Dep) reserve
    3.
    RESERVA Quality Spanish wine is often graded Crianza, Reserva or Gran Reserva according to the length of bottle-ageing and barrel-ageing it has undergone. Red Reserva wines are at least three years old, having spent a minimum of one year in cask, and white Reserva wines are at least two years old with at least six months spent in cask. A Gran Reserva wine is a top-quality wine. A red must be aged for at least two years in an oak cask and three years in the bottle. White wine must be aged for four years, with at least six months in cask.
    See:
    * * *
    I
    1) (de habitación, pasaje) reservation; ( de mesa) booking, reservation

    ¿tiene reserva? — do you have a reservation?, have you booked?

    2)
    a) ( cantidad guardada) reserve

    reservas de trigo — reserves o stocks of wheat

    este dinero lo tengo de reserva para... — I'm keeping this money in reserve for...

    b) reservas femenino plural (Biol) reserves (of fat) (pl)
    3)
    a) (Dep) ( equipo) reserves (pl), reserve team; ( conjunto de suplentes) substitutes (pl)
    b) (Mil)
    4) ( de indígenas) reservation; ( de animales) reserve
    5) (secreto, discreción)
    6) reservas femenino plural
    a) ( dudas) reservations (pl)

    lo aceptó, pero no sin reservas — he agreed, but not without reservations

    b) ( reparos)

    díselo sin reservas — tell her everything, don't keep anything back

    7) (Méx)

    a reserva de que + subj: iremos a reserva de que (no) llueva — we'll go as long as o provided it doesn't rain

    II
    masculino y femenino Dep reserve
    III •• Cultural note:
    Vinos de reserva are those of a better than average vintage. To qualify for this designation, red wines must have been aged in cask and bottle for a minimum of three years, and white wines for two years. See also gran reserva
    * * *
    I
    1) (de habitación, pasaje) reservation; ( de mesa) booking, reservation

    ¿tiene reserva? — do you have a reservation?, have you booked?

    2)
    a) ( cantidad guardada) reserve

    reservas de trigo — reserves o stocks of wheat

    este dinero lo tengo de reserva para... — I'm keeping this money in reserve for...

    b) reservas femenino plural (Biol) reserves (of fat) (pl)
    3)
    a) (Dep) ( equipo) reserves (pl), reserve team; ( conjunto de suplentes) substitutes (pl)
    b) (Mil)
    4) ( de indígenas) reservation; ( de animales) reserve
    5) (secreto, discreción)
    6) reservas femenino plural
    a) ( dudas) reservations (pl)

    lo aceptó, pero no sin reservas — he agreed, but not without reservations

    b) ( reparos)

    díselo sin reservas — tell her everything, don't keep anything back

    7) (Méx)

    a reserva de que + subj: iremos a reserva de que (no) llueva — we'll go as long as o provided it doesn't rain

    II
    masculino y femenino Dep reserve
    III •• Cultural note:
    Vinos de reserva are those of a better than average vintage. To qualify for this designation, red wines must have been aged in cask and bottle for a minimum of three years, and white wines for two years. See also gran reserva
    * * *
    reserva1
    1 = reserve, preserve.

    Ex: News of boundless timber reserves spread, and before long lumberjacks from the thinning hardwood forests of New England swarmed into the uncharted area with no other possessions than their axes and brawn and the clothing they wore.

    Ex: This article discusses the role of the librarian, who may view on-line as either status-enhancing or their own preserve.
    * reserva de animales = wildlife preserve, game reserve.
    * reserva india = Indian reservation.
    * reserva natural = nature reserve, nature preserve, wildlife preserve.
    * reservas de agua subterránea = groundwater reservoir.

    reserva2
    2 = hold, reservation, reserve, set-aside, title hold, booking, slack, cushion, standby [stand-by], deposit, collection.

    Ex: If holds have been placed on the title, an 'X' appears in the hold column.

    Ex: This system incorporates all the usual functions associated with the issue, return and reservation of library materials.
    Ex: This is sometimes called a ' reserve' because the document is reserved for a borrower when it becomes available.
    Ex: Even sympathetic librarians may not have the political clout to force their local government to mandate minority business set-asides.
    Ex: If there is a title hold on the copy, an error message is displayed and the master number is not changed.
    Ex: Film and other media bookings can be handled by one or two programs which are available for microcomputers.
    Ex: Therefore, there must be some slack in the system to absorb the additional I & R services or the service must be reduced in other areas.
    Ex: Libraries ordinarily have only a small staff ' cushion' to provide for sickness, vacation, and compensatory days off.
    Ex: Standbys and understudies rarely get the job when a star needs to be replaced long-term, and Calaway and Patterson know how lucky they are to have beaten the odds.
    Ex: Accommodation deposit will be refunded minus $25 handling fee.
    Ex: While there are a profusion of techniques in existence to gain access to the collections, there is no uniform system.
    * acumulación de reservas = stockpile, accumulation of stockpiles, stockpiling.
    * acumular reservas = stockpile.
    * admitir un número de reservas mayor a las plazas existentes = overbook.
    * colocar Algo en reserva = place + Nombre + in reserve, place + Nombre + on reserve, place + Nombre + on hold.
    * depósito de reserva = local reserve store, reserve store.
    * de reserva = standby [stand-by].
    * descuento por reserva anticipada = early booking discount.
    * ejército de reserva = reserve army.
    * en estado de reserva = on standby.
    * en reserva = on hold.
    * estantería de reserva = hold shelf.
    * fondo de reserva = reserve fund.
    * guardar en reserva = keep in + reserve, hold in + reserve.
    * hacer una reserva = make + reservation.
    * hoja de reserva = hold slip, booking form.
    * impreso de reserva = booking form.
    * lista de reserva = hold list.
    * mantener en reserva = keep on + reserve, keep in + reserve.
    * material de reserva = reserve stock.
    * que no admite reserva = unreserved.
    * reserva de billetes de avión = airline reservation.
    * reserva de hotel = hotel reservation.
    * reserva de libro = book reservation.
    * reserva de libros = reserve book room.
    * reserva de multimedia = media booking.
    * reserva de películas = film booking.
    * reserva de puestos de lectura = seat reservation.
    * reserva disponible = hold available.
    * reservas = stockpile.
    * satisfacer una petición de reserva = satisfy + hold request.
    * satisfacer una reserva = satisfy + hold.
    * sin reserva = unreserved.
    * sin reservas = forthright, categorical, uncompromising, uncompromisingly, unqualified, categoric, unmitigaged.
    * sistema de reservas = booking system.
    * solicitud de reserva = reservation form.
    * tener en reserva = hold in + reserve.
    * vino de reserva = mature wine.

    reserva3
    * con reserva = doubtfully.
    * con reservas = qualified, with reservations.
    * reserva absoluta = nondisclosure [non-disclosure].
    * sin reserva = unconditionally.
    * sin reservas = unshielded, go + the whole hog, the full monty, without reservation, wholeheartedly [whole-heartedly], unreserved, unreservedly.
    * * *
    A (de una habitación) reservation; (de una mesa) booking, reservation; (al comprar un inmueble) ( Arg) deposit; (de un pasaje, billete) reservation
    ¿tiene reserva? do you have a reservation?, have you booked?
    he hecho una reserva para el vuelo de las nueve I've made a reservation for the nine o'clock flight, I'm booked on the nine o'clock flight
    el sistema de reservas the booking o reservation system
    B
    1 (cantidad, porción que se guarda) reserve
    las reservas de divisas foreign currency reserves
    las reservas de trigo se están agotando reserves o stocks of wheat are running out
    la reserva es de cinco litros the reserve tank holds five liters
    tengo otro par de reserva I have a spare pair
    el agua de reserva the reserve water supply
    termina la botella tranquila, tengo otra de reserva don't worry, finish the bottle, I have another one o I can always open another one
    este dinero lo tengo de reserva para una emergencia I'm keeping this money in reserve for an emergency
    2 reservas fpl ( Biol) reserves (of fat) (pl)
    C
    1 ( Dep) (equipo) reserves (pl), reserve team; (conjunto de suplentes) substitutes (pl)
    2 ( Mil):
    la reserva the reserve
    Compuesto:
    active reserve
    D (de indígenas) reservation; (de animales) reserve
    Compuesto:
    nature reserve
    E
    (secreto, discreción): se garantiza la más absoluta reserva all applications treated in the strictest confidence
    le pidió mantener en la mayor reserva la información recibida he asked her to keep the information she had received absolutely secret
    pidió reserva de su nombre he asked for his name not to be revealed
    1 (dudas) reservations (pl)
    lo aceptó, pero no sin reservas he agreed, but not without (certain) reservations
    2
    (reparos, limitaciones): habló sin reservas de lo que había pasado he talked openly o freely of what had happened
    díselo sin reservas tell her everything, don't keep anything back
    G
    ( Méx) a reserva DE QUE + SUBJ: lo haré mañana a reserva de que (no) llueva I'll do it tomorrow as long as o provided it doesn't rain
    reserve
    reserva (↑ reserva a1)
    Vinos de reserva are those of a better than average vintage. To qualify for this designation, red wines must have been aged in cask and bottle for a minimum of three years, and white wines for two years. See also gran reserva (↑ grana a1)
    * * *

     

    Del verbo reservar: ( conjugate reservar)

    reserva es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente indicativo

    2ª persona singular (tú) imperativo

    Multiple Entries:
    reserva    
    reservar
    reserva sustantivo femenino
    1 (de habitación, pasaje) reservation;
    ( de mesa) booking, reservation;

    2 ( cantidad guardada) reserve;

    3
    a) (Dep) ( equipo) reserves (pl), reserve team;

    ( conjunto de suplentes) substitutes (pl)

    ( de animales) reserve;

    4 (secreto, discreción):

    5
    ◊ reservas sustantivo femenino plural

    a) ( dudas) reservations (pl)

    b) ( reparos):

    ◊ habló sin reservas he talked openly o freely

    6 (Méx):
    ◊ a reserva de que (no) llueva as long as o provided (that) it doesn't rain

    ■ sustantivo masculino y femenino (Dep) reserve
    reservar ( conjugate reservar) verbo transitivo
    1 ‹asiento/habitación/mesa› to reserve, book;
    ‹pasaje/billete› to book
    2 ( guardar) ‹porción de comida/dinero› to set aside;

    reservó lo mejor para el final she kept the best till last
    reservarse verbo pronominal
    a) ( para sí mismo) ‹porción/porcentaje› to keep … for oneself;



    reserva
    I sustantivo femenino
    1 (en un hotel, restaurante, vuelo, etc) reservation, booking
    2 (depósito) reserve, stock: Auto el depósito del coche está en reserva, the tank is almost empty
    las reservas de agua potable, reserves of drinking water
    3 (prudencia, discreción) reserve, discretion: díselo sin reservas, tell it all to her without holding anything back
    4 (objeción, duda, recelo) reservation: aceptó mi proyecto con reservas, he accepted my project with reservations
    5 (territorio acotado) reserve
    reserva natural, nature reserve
    una reserva india, an Indian reservation
    6 Mil reserve, reserves pl
    II m (vino) vintage wine
    III mf Dep reserve, substitute
    IV fpl si sigues trabajando sin comer te quedarás sin reservas, if you continue to work and don't eat, you'll exhaust your energy
    reservar verbo transitivo
    1 (algo para más tarde) to keep back
    (guardar para alguien) to keep (aside): le reservamos una sorpresa, we have a surprise in store for him
    2 (en un hotel, restaurante, etc) to book, reserve: hemos reservado una mesa para cuatro (personas), we reserved a table for four
    ' reserva' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    confianza
    - reservarse
    - secreta
    - secreto
    - sigilo
    - terminarse
    - discreción
    - pudor
    - reservación
    - resguardo
    - reticencia
    English:
    advance
    - book
    - book in
    - booking
    - constraint
    - designate
    - detachment
    - hand
    - hoard
    - menagerie
    - nature reserve
    - qualification
    - reservation
    - reserve
    - reservedly
    - reservedness
    - reservoir
    - ROTC
    - sanctuary
    - secretiveness
    - stand-offishness
    - standby generator
    - stock
    - store
    - store away
    - Territorial Army
    - unreservedly
    - back
    - doubtfully
    - federal
    - nature
    - preserve
    * * *
    ♦ nf
    1. [de hotel, avión] reservation;
    no tenemos reserva we don't have a reservation;
    he hecho la reserva de las entradas I've booked the tickets;
    tengo una reserva en el restaurante I've reserved o booked a table at the restaurant
    reserva anticipada advance booking
    2. [provisión] reserves;
    tenemos una reserva de carbón para el invierno we're stocked up with coal for the winter;
    tener algo de reserva to keep sth in reserve;
    agotó sus reservas de agua he used up his water supply o his reserves of water
    reservas energéticas energy reserves;
    reservas hídricas water reserves;
    reservas minerales mineral reserves
    3. Econ reserve
    reservas de divisas foreign currency reserves;
    la Reserva Federal [en Estados Unidos] the Federal Reserve;
    reservas monetarias monetary reserves;
    reservas de oro gold reserves
    4. [objeción, cautela] reservation;
    aceptaron el acuerdo, pero con reservas they accepted the agreement, with some reservations;
    sin reservas without reservation;
    tener reservas to have reservations
    5. [discreción] discretion;
    puedes hablar sin reservas you can speak openly;
    con la mayor reserva in the strictest confidence
    6. [de indígenas] reservation
    7. [de animales, plantas] reserve
    reserva de caza game preserve;
    reserva forestal forest park;
    reserva natural nature reserve
    8. Mil reserves;
    pasar a la reserva to become a reservist
    9. Biol [de grasa, energía] reserves
    ♦ nmf
    Dep reserve, substitute
    ♦ nm
    [vino] vintage (wine) [at least three years old]
    ♦ a reserva de loc prep
    pending;
    a reserva de un estudio más detallado… pending a more detailed analysis…
    * * *
    I f
    1 reservation;
    reserva de asiento FERR seat reservation;
    hacer una reserva make a reservation
    2 ( duda)
    :
    sin reservas without reservation
    II m/f DEP reserve, substitute
    * * *
    1) : reservation
    2) : reserve
    3) : confidence, privacy
    con la mayor reserva: in strictest confidence
    4)
    de reserva : spare, in reserve
    5) reservas nfpl
    : reservations, doubts
    * * *
    1. (de hotel, etc) reservation / booking
    2. (provisión) supply / stock
    3. (zona natural) reserve
    4. (jugador suplente) reserve / substitute
    ¿han hecho ustedes reserva? did you book?

    Spanish-English dictionary > reserva

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • army form blank —    British    lavatory paper    The only bits of paper in the army without an identifying number …   How not to say what you mean: A dictionary of euphemisms

  • Army Ants (toy line) — Army Ants are a discontinued toy soldier line from Hasbro in the form of ants. Released in 1987, Army Ants were originally released in squadrons (sets) of three or eight figures, set on card backed blister packs.Various themes were developed and… …   Wikipedia

  • Army Men (series) — Army Men is a series of video games made by The 3DO Company. HistoryThe series was based on a war between four main sets of plastic army men: the Green, the Tan, the Blue, and the Grey. Two other factions, red and orange, had brief appearances,… …   Wikipedia

  • Army Medical Department (United States) — Army Medical Department …   Wikipedia

  • Army of Darkness (comics) — Army of Darkness Cover of Army of Darkness 1 (Nov 1992). Art by John Bolton. Publication information Publisher …   Wikipedia

  • Army Recruit Training Centre (Australia) — Army Recruit Training Centre is the official name denoted by the Australian Army Department of Defence since December 1, 1998 [ [http://www.defence.gov.au/Army/artc/about.html Department of Defence Australian Army] ] for its Recruit Training… …   Wikipedia

  • Army of Ghosts — 177a – Army of Ghosts Doctor Who episode …   Wikipedia

  • Army Air Corps (United Kingdom) — Infobox Military Unit unit name=Army Air Corps caption=Cap Badge of the Army Air Corps dates=1942–1949, 1957–present country=UK allegiance= branch=British Army type=Army aviation branch role=Battlefield support and reconnaissance size=8 regiments …   Wikipedia

  • Army Service Uniform — The U.S. Army service uniform is the military uniform worn by personnel in situations in which non formal dress is called for. It is worn in most workday situations in which business dress would be called for. It can be worn at most public and… …   Wikipedia

  • Army of the Republic of Vietnam — The Army of the Republic of Vietnam (ARVN) was a military component of the armed forces of the Republic of Vietnam (commonly known as South Vietnam). Just after the end of the Vietnam War, after the fall of Saigon, it was dissolved, and while… …   Wikipedia

  • Army of ancient Macedon — The army of ancient Macedon is considered to be among the greatest military forces of the ancient world. It became the formidable force known from history first under the rule of King Philip II of Macedon and then his son, Alexander the Great.The …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»